Document jyyRx0JN5XrE5QxGG16GjZ8zQ

SGP 0028472 BEST WALL GYPSUM COMPANY GYPSUM WALLBQARD MANUAL 196 EDITION NOTE This Manual No. _____ is the property of Bestwall Gypsum Company for the exclusive use of the sales representatives or other employee to whom it has been issued. It may not be transferred to another employee without permission of the Regional or Area Sales Manager and, under no circum stances, may it be given or loaned to persons outside the Bestwall Gypsum organization. Upon request, it must be returned to Bestwall in good condition excepting normal wear and tear. It it is lost or stolen, notify the Regional Sales Manager immediately. January 1, 1965 SGP 0028473 SGP 0028474 BESTWALL GYPSUM COMPANY GYPSUM WALLBOARD MANUAL 196$ EDITION Section 1 PREFACE GYPSUM WALLBOARD All must realize the first place importance of gypsum wallboard in the long list of gypsum products on the market. A review of the statistics will show the tremendous growth of gypsum wallboard sales since World War II. A brief account of the development of this product from its beginning as relatively crude small panels suitable only for use as a substitute for wood lath to the present day high quality large size panels which have largely supplanted lath and plaster for interior walls and ceilings may be of interest0 The old timers say that the first product which might be called gypsum board to appear on the market was made up of four layers of coarse heavy paper similar to roofing felt made into a multilayer sandwich with thin layers of gypsum plaster* The panels were not made larger than 32" x 1*8". This pro duct was called Sackett board and was available prior to 1900* It was not well suited for use as wall surfacing to receive paint0 The Bestwall Company (not the Bestwall Gypsum Company) was first in the field with large size U'x 8 panels of gypsum board similar to the present day pro duct, Of course the paper was not folded around the edges and the face paper surfacing was not the clean ivory color we know today* These were later developments* At first, the Bestwall Company manufactured gypsum board only. They built their plants adjacent to plaster mills of the American Cement Plaster Company and purchased stucco from A* C. P* for use in board manufacture. The wet panels were hung from racks mounted on small wheeled cars and these loaded cars traveled through heated tunnel dryers on small steel rails requiring about 2h hours to dry the board. The Beaver Company acquired the American Cement Plaster Company and the Bestwall Company and installed continuous dryers of the type used today for drying board. Certain-teed got into the gypsum business by acquiring the Acme Cement Plaster Company, In 1926, soon after the Acme purchase. Certain-teed built its first gypsum board plant at Acme,, Texas. Then in 1928 Certain-teed purchased the Bearer Company and thus acquired the Bestwall trade name. SGP 0028475 GYPSUM WALLBOARD MANUAL 196 Edition -2 Section I The board manufactured at Acme during the first few years of operation of the plant had gray paper on both face and back.. It was open edge board., that is , the paper was not folded around the edges It was reversible since both faces were the same and if one face became damaged before erection, the panel could be applied with the damaged face on the inside toward the studs. It was made in 3/8" thickness only. In those early days, there was no such thing as a reinforced joint system,. Joints and nailheads were treated merely by filling them with a joint filler composed largely of plaster of Paris. The core of the board was composed of stucco and relatively coarse sawdust with some starch added to obtain a good bond of paper to core0 This use of foam to lighten the core and fiber in the core to improve flexibility and nailing properties were to come later. When Certain-teed acquired Beaver, they were making Bestwall with cream colored face paper and gray back paper as well as a so-called lower grade board with gray paper on both faces* The cream-faced Bestwall was priced $3/MSF higher than the gray-faced board. Some few years later, UoS.Gc and National started using cream face paper on all their wallboard and Certainteed also made this change. The first l/2" board to appear was U1 x 8 ' sheets with tongue and groove edges and gray paper on both faces. It was manufactured by a competitor in Texas and was advertised as a Texas board for Texas people* It was promoted to replace shiplap lumber covered with canvas in the so-called box construction for walls and partitions commonly used in that part of the country in those earlier days. It has long since disappeared from the market* Recessed edge l/2" board replaced it and now tapered edge board is the standard. Tru-Grain board,vinyl covered board, foil surfaced board, Firestop - a fire rated gypsum board, form board, gypsum sheathing and Hummer system panels are some of the board products which have been developed and introduced since Certain-teed, Bestwall1s predecessor, first got into the gypsum busi ness c Certain-teed was the first company to twin mount gypsum board. From the very beginning, a machine process was used for twin mounting. This develop ment received immediate acceptance by the trade and competitors were forced to follow along. At first they applied the tape by hand but later on they also installed machines for doing the job. SGP 0028476 /- GYPSUM WALLBOARD MANUAL 196^ Edition -3 Section l Qbher Bestwall firsts in gypsum board include nail marking (in the late 30*s) which became obsolete when horizontal application came along, fire-rated board (Firestop) and glass fiber in board core. This latter development was a real forward step in board manufacture and from the reaction of competitors it appears to be causing them considerable concern. Some gypsum manufacturers have obtained licenses from Bestwall to use the patented features both of fire rated board and of fiberglas and others are negotia ting for licenses. Some producers in foreign countries have recognized the value of glass fiber in board and other gypsum products and have signed patent license agreements. It is difficult to look into the future and predict what the new develop ments in gypsum board in the next ten or twenty years will be, but it is certain that gypsum board is a dynamic part of the gypsum business which has grown at a tremendous rate and will continue to grow. New products will be developed just as they have been in the paste SGP 0028477 SGP 0028478 B E S T A L 1 GYPSUM C 0 P A " Y GYPSUM UAL: BOARD MUTUAL Section 2 196q EDITION! Section Up. 1. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. ,10 llo TABLE OP SubSection Ho. coitteett PREFACE TABLE OF CONTENT iAITJFACTUEE A3TM - .iSA - TRADE MaRKS UALLBOAEDS A General Literature B Regular Gypsum Board C Firestop D Backer Board E Insulating Gypsum Uallboards F Predecorated tailboard G Sheathing JCIFT TREAT;ENT A Joint Products B Adhesives C Textures D Tools PARTITION AI-ID CEILING SYSTEMS A Semi - Solid Partitions B Double - Solid Partitions C Ceiling Systems D Fireproofing Steel Column E Metal and Accessories F Miscellaneous GYPSUM TILE FIRE AND SPILT) TESTS A Fire Ratings B Sound Tests BUILDI1TG CODES SGP 0028479 MISCELLANEOUS SGP 0028480 I BEST WALL GYPSUM COMPANY GYPSUM WALLBOARD MANUAL Section 3 1965 EDITION MANUFACTURE of GYPSUM WALLBOARD and GYPSUM LATH Board Products Gypsum Wallboard, Lath and Sheathing are composed of a core, hydrated calcined gypsum fibers and other ingredients, surfaced on both sides with smooth, uniform, specially-prepared paper forming the finished surfaces and serving as a reinforce ment. Each raw material used in the manufacture of these products is for a specific pur pose, and only those that meet our rigid specifications are used. The quality and structural value of each board product depends upon its composition and fabrica tion during manufacture. To thoroughly understand the quality, properties, uses, etc., of each product, its composition and manufacture should be known. There fore, the manufacturing may best be followed by starting with the raw materials and following their course, step by step, through the process. 1, RAW MATERIALS (a) Paper: SGP 0028481 Bestwall manufactures in its own paper plants, most of the special paper used for surfacing wallboard, lath and sheathing. A different kind of paper is used for each finished product. Bestwall*s three paper mills are located at Pryor, Oklahoma; Thorold, Canada; and Delair, New Jersey. Some paper, as necessary, is purchased from out side sources in accordance with our own specifications* The papers are manufactured on seven or eight cylinder paper machines, which means that there are seven or eight separate layers of paper stock felted together to form the solid finished sheet. The finished sheet as formed consists of 3 parts which are known as the face liner, filler, and bond liner. By building up the solid sheet in this manner, the composition of each part of the sheet can be controlled so as to produce a paper which will have the properties required by the finished gypsum board products. All papers used for wallboard, lath and sheathing have certain pro perties in common: 1. The bond liner in all cases is made from unsized stock and is designed to produce perfect bond to the gypsum core. The bond to the gypsum core is accomplished by the bond liner absorbing the saturated gypsum solution from the gypsum slurry used for forming the core. Gypsum crystals grow in this saturated solution that has been absorbed by the bond liner and interlace into the cry stals of the core, thereby producing the bond. C-^PS if i vjj\ LLP QA pn ?1A' TTIAL 1965 Edition -2 - lianv.facture of O^-osum Trallboarc! & Ggnsum lath (Continued) Section 3 2. The filler of all our paper is mare from a spec '.ally-treated (sized) paper stock to render it water resistant. The -.rater resistance of the filler is very important. It is one of the featur's of the paper which we use for all types of board, lath and sheathing The filler is designed to prevent the free water present in the slurry and core from percolating through the face and back papers to the surfaces while the board is being manufactured. If this water filtered through the face and back papers, it would cause unsightly water marks, stains, etc. on the finished sheet. The water resistant filler in lath paper prevents the passage of free water present in syosum plaster mortar when it is applied on the sur face of gypsum lath, from passine through the covering paper into the core of the lath. 3. The face lin r used for x-rallboards is made from a special-paper stock which is colored, highly sized, and treated to render it water and scuff resistant. The finished surface is smooth, uniform, and nonabsorptive. The face liner of lath paper is water absorbent exactly the same as the bond liner (as explained in 1 above), because its surface must hare the properties of bonding to the gypsum plaster applied to the lath. The face liner of gray wallboard back paper is made from stock that is slightly sized so as to render it scuff-resistant. The face liner of the papm' used on sheathing is made from paper stock which is colored black, highly sized, and treated to render if water resistant, and scuff resistant. The finished surface is smooth, uniform and nonabsorptive. (b) Stucco: The stucco used for manufacturing the core is designer-1 especially for this purpose. It is of proper fineness and is lew in water carrying capacity. This produces a core which lias the proper hardness and strength. (c) Glass fiber: The glass fibre- used in Bestwall gypsum wallboards is the continuous textile rrade which is soft and non-irritating to the skin. It has a very high tensile strereth, being stronger than mairr steels. It is obtained in multiple strands wound In spools, and is cut to proper length continuously in synchronization with the belt speed of the boare1 machine. The fLass fiber is used under Bestwall Gypsum Company's Patent No, 2,6pl,^63. (d) Paper Fiber: Paper Fiber is used along with glass fiber in all lath and board products except Tirestep ^ostwall, which contains only glass, lath and fiber. The paper fiber is scrap paper purchased from outside sources or waste paper from the wallboard operation. The paper is beaten up in water in a hydro-oulper in either a 2y or 3 percent SfiP nrv>Q/iQo CPPSUr liALLBC\Wj FA'mAh 1965 Edition -3 - Section 3 concentration* It is pumped to the mixer by a variable speed pump which proportions the proper amount 01 paper pulp, depending upon he type of product being made aid the speed of operation. The glass fiber and paper pulp are added to the core for the follow ing reasons: 1. To give proper nailing properties to the core and to eliminate chinping and shattering of t. e core at open edges of the board. 2. To reduce the brittleness of the core. 3. To oroduce a wallboard that has the required flexibility and which can be handled 'rithout breakage. U. To reduce the weight of the board. (e) Adhesives: The gypsum crystals which form the core and bonr1 it to the bond liner of the paoer used are ver' fine and brittle. To protect these cry stals, and to add to the bend between the core and the bond liner of the paper, a special adhesive is used. This adhesive is mixed into the ingredients in the core. It is water soluble and, therefore, concentrates between the gypsum crystals where the core is in contact with the bond liner, mils reinforces the crystalline structure and adds to the bend between the core and the paper covering. This con centration of the adhesive at the surfaces of the core is somewhat similar t" the action of the soluble gum addad to produce the casehardened surfaces of statuary casting plaster. (f) Accelerator: The gypsum core must be set hard by the time the board reaches the cut-off knife, which is near the end of the board machine, so that the board can be cut into the required lengths. This makes it necess ary to use an accelerator to r gulate the setting time of the slurry. The accelerator which we use is ordinary pulverized gypsum rock. Chemical accelerators such as potassium sulphate, ammonium sulphate, etc. may also be used. (") Foam: The foam added to the slurry used for producing the core is rna^e from a solution of rosin soap or other foaminr acent. This solution is passed through special equipment that heats it into a stable, uniformstructured, small-bubble foam. The fcam produces microscopic air voids throughout Lhe gysum core. The soap solution reacts with the gy psum to form insoluble calcium salts uhich further reinforce th" void structure of the gyosum core. Foam is added to the slurry to: 1. Increase the thermal insulation value of the board, 2 . "Reduce the brittleness of the core. SGP 0028483 GYPSUM WALLBQARD MANUAL 1965 Edition -U- Section 3 3. Add to the flexibility of the b<}ard* Uc Reduce the weight of the board. 2. PROCESS OF MANUFACTURE: Each step in the process of manufacture is carefully controlled to produce quality and uniformity in the b-^ard, lath or sheathing. Quality depends upon the combination of the face and back paper used and the structure of the core (the paper has been described above). The paper and the structure of the core controls rigidity, structural strength and durability of the finished pro-duct. The required hardness and strength of the core can he achieved by proper formu lation of the dry ingredients and control of the water-plaster ratio. The proper mixing of the dry ingredients, the addition of the foam, paper pulp, glass fibers and the proper wet mixing before the 3lurry is poured onto the paper covering are all very important. A veiy rigid system of inspection, testing and control is maintained at all eur plants to make sure that the pro per percentage of each raw material is used, and that the mixture is thoroughly dry mixed and wet mixed before it is used for forming the coi*e (a) Dry Mixing: It is essential to thoroughly mix the glass fiber, accelerator and adhesive into the dry stucco so that a uniform mixture is obtained. Dry mixing is accomplished in the conveying equipment as the material is delivered to the wet end of the machine. (b) Wet Mixing: The dry ingredients are fed into a high-speed eentrifugal mixer and are blended with mixing water, paper pulp and foam, The consistency of the slurry is accurately controlled by regulating the mixing water through the use of a recording water meter. The weight of the slurry is controlled by varying the foam content as inquired to pro duce a slurry of a definite density. Slurry from the mixer is dis charged in three streams so that three streams of gypsum lath may be made at one time. For other boards, the streams all blend to gether at the forming rolls except where two streams of sheathing ars made in which case only two streams are used. (c) Edge Formation: S6P 0028484 Square Edge, Tapered Edge, Tongue & Groove Edge, and Beveled Edge Boards are made by cutting grooves along the edges of the face paper after it leaves the paper rack. The inside grooves regulate the width of the finished product. As the grooved paper approaches the forming rolls, it is folded into the various shapes along the grooves which are required for the particular type edge being made by means of edge folding devices. Spaces between grooves are set depending upon.the type product being made and its thickness. Gypsum lath paper is not grooved along its edges (continued on next page) GYPSUM WALLBQARD MANUAL 1965 EDITION ~ 5 ** Sec tricn 3 but is passed through edge forming devices which fold the paper in a semi-circle on each side producing a "round" edge product,, As the papers pass through the forming rolls, adhesive is applied to each edge of the back paper which serves to stick the edges of the back paper to the folded edges of the face paper. (d) Thickness: Thickness of the various products is controlled by the spacing of the forming rolls0 (e) Length of the Machine; As the gypsum board or lath leaves the forming section, it is carried on wide rubber belts and carrier rolls to allow time for the gypsum core to harden (set). The total length of the machine depends to a considerable degree upon the speed operated. Our longest machine is at Brunswick where this distance is 9h9 ftc (f) Cut-Off Knife; All plants use rotary knives for cutting the board into various lengths. The drive for the cutting mechanism is adjustable so that lengths can be varied as needed for various products. (g) Transfer Table: After the boards are cut to length, they are picked up by a trans fer table and carried sideways to a tipple table which feeds the boards into the dryer. The dryer runs parallel with and alongside the board machine. As U8" wide wallboards are transferred, they are inverted so that the ivory face is turned up. This preserves the finish of the ivory paper from blemishes, slick spots, etc. which may occur when the paper is in contact with the kiln rolls,, (h) Drying The board from the transfer is fed by the tipple table into the dryer which has 6 or 8 decks, and is wide enough to take 2 streams of board U' wide, 3 streams 32" wide, k streams 2U" wide, and 6 streams 16" wide. Our dryers are heated either by steam coils or by direct combustion of natural gas. The temperature is carefully controlled in the various zones into which the dryer is divided so as to dry the products properly. large circulating fans blow the hot gases over the boards and laths and the moisture which is evap orated is blown out through exhaust stacks. t 'i i Take-off 3GP 0028485 In all plants except Blue Rapids, wallboard products are grouped into pairs face to face automatically and conveyed through a bundling machine where the end tapes are applied. The bundled packages are GYPSUM WALLBOAKD MANUAL 1965 Edition -6- Section 3 stacked automatically and handled to the warehouse or loading dock by fork trucks. Lath is handled on a separate system where it is bundled into 6 pieces to the bundle (5 at Sigurd). At Blue Rapids, board and lath are unloaded from the kiln by hand and fed into the packaging machines# (j) Pinholath Pinholath is made under exclusive license from the Pinco Coc under Patent No. 3,879,662, The pinholes puncture the paper and permit water from plaster applied thereto to be absolbed into the core in a controlled amount. This serves to rigidify the plaster next to the paper face and is designed specifically for use with machine applied plaster. (k) Perforated Lath The perforating is done by a punching machine at the end of the board machine; the operation being performed on the wet lath be fore it is cut into U8" lengths. The perforations are 3/U" in diameter and spaced U" apart# (l) Reclaiming Department In this department, re-cutting equipment is available so that the damaged goods can be cut into smaller sizes and reclaimed for ship ment to the trade. (m) Loading Cars &. Trucks Loading cars of wallboard, lath and sheathing is done under close supervision,, All possible precautions are taken to insure delivery of board in good condition. To illustrate the precautions which are taken, here is the routine which is followed in loading cars: All cars are carefully inspected before they are accepted for loading wallboard, lath & sheathing. Any cars with leaky roofs, broken or unusually dirty floors, etc,, are rejected. All loose naals are pulled from the floors & sides. Any loose boards are fastened to prevent damage to the load. After the cars have been cleaned and prepared, the floors are covered with dunnage board and the walls covered with paper. Only then does loading start. While loading the cars, paper pads are attached to the side of the cars to protect the ends & edges of the piles of board, lath or sheathing# Special care is used to brace, tie and protect the piles, and to prevent shifting or damage enroute. Wherever possible, gypsum board products are now loaded into box cars or on flat cars by fork lift trucks. By this method, whole units are set in place at one time. Spacers are placed between each unit so that the forks of the lift truck can be easily inserted and withdrawn, Flat cars are covered & the load held in place with steel strapping. SGP 0028486 QYPgTrr'T l?6$ Edition ?TATTT'AL -7- Section 3 30 PP'P'PTIO71; ill ran materials and entire process of manufacture are under the super vision of competent inspectors8 An ins -^ctor is on Arty at all times and on all shifts and is responsible for the qua lit'- of the products produced on that shift,, TV'-ry step in the process is checked h urly or at fixed intervals as a matter of control, finished boards are tested houhly or more often for thickness, width, length, bond, nailing propertiess flexi bility, strength, weight, appearance, resistance to moisture, etc. All tests and inspections are recorded on standard report forms which are made up in duplicate. These reports are watched by the board plant superinten dent as the entries are made throughout the day. The reports when com pleted are signed by the inspectors anr' turned over to the board plant superintendent and plant manager for approval. One copy of the report is sent to the Paoli Laboratory. These reports are carefully analyzed by all concerned and then filed Jbr reference. i|0 SAUPLSS; All samples of wallboard, lath and sheathin'-' are cut from standard pro duction at iert Podge where the sample department is located. SGP 0028487 SGP 0028488 BEST WALL GYPSUM COMPANY GYPSIiM WALT .BOARD liAEUAL 1965 EDI TI PIT ASTH, FEDERAL. ASA end ETC- Section 4 Refer to the Gypsum Lath and Plaster Manual, 1965-Edition, - Section 5 regarding the Standards tinder which the ^estwall Gypsum Company1 s Gypsum products are manufactured. 1-ASTM 2 - Federal 3- A SA Suecificctions Snecificetions Specifications SGP 0028489 BESTWALL GYPSUM PRODUCTS PRODUCT SPECIFICATION DIRECTORY NOVEMBER, 1964 This list provides a simple up-to-date cross reference of Bestwall products with applicable American Society for Testing Materials Standards (ASTM Standards), Federal Specifications and American Standards Association Specifications (ASA). The last two digits in the ASTM reference number indicate the year of the edition. Where any specification covers more than one material the type or paragraph is shown. Items for which no standard is written are indicated. PRODUCT BESTWALL WALLBOARD Tapered Edge Square or Topered Edge BESTWALL INSULATING WALLBOARD Square or Tapered Edge BESTWALL TRU-GRAIN PANELING TRU-GRAIN Knotty Pine (Square Edge) TRU-GRAIN Honey Aspen (Square Edge) TRU-GRAIN Mellow Mahogany (Square Edge) DELUXE TRU-GRAIN Fruitwood (Square Edge) DELUXE TRU-GRAIN Heritage Cherry (Square Edge) BESTWALL ETERNAWALL Seafoam Blue (Beveled Edge) Snowdrift (Beveled Edge) Spring Green (Beveled Edge) Shadow Gray (Beveled Edge) Sand (Beveled Edge) Woodmere Walnut (Beveled Edge) THICKNESS Vi" H" H" Vi " H" h"* W BESTWALL FIRESTOP WALLBOARD Square or Tapered Edge Vi" %" BESTWALL FIRESTOP INSULATING WALLBOARD Square or Tapered Edge Vi" BESTWALL TILE BACKER BOARD Tapered Edge BESTWALL SOUND DEADENING BOARD Square Edge BESTWALL FIREPROOF GYPSUM SHEATHING Long edges -Tongue and Groove core-treated Tongue and Groove Square Edge Non core-treoted core-treated BESTWALL BACKER Square Edge Tonque .and Groove Edge Firestop Tongue and Groove Edge BESTWALL DENS-COTE BASE BESTWALL LATH Ploin, Pinholath or Perfolath Insulating loth Long Length (Plain Only) Round Edge or Tongue and Groove Edge TC Lath--plain or pinhole Tapered Edge . 12" I2" V?" W Va" %" W* %" w *" Vj" V2" v- WIDTH LENGTH ASTM STANDARDS FEDERAL SPEC. " APPLIED UNOER 4' 6' to 12' | C 36-62 Type IH -- Grade R 4` 6' to 16' SS-l-30b 7/9/63 -- Supersedes ASA 97.1 4' 6' to 16' 4' 6' to 16' SS-W-0051 b SS-W-Slo Type -- Grade R 4` f to 16' | C 36-62 SS-L-30b 4` 6' to 16' 7/9/63 -- Supersedes SS-W-005lb ASA 97 1 4` 6` to 16' SS-W-510 Type 3H -- Grade R S5-L-30b 4' 8' 9' 10' C 36-62 7/9/63 -- Supersedes ASA 97.1 SS-W-0051 b SS-W-51 a Typo -- Grade R SS-L-30b 4' 8't C 36-62 7/9/63 -- Supersedes ASA 971 SS-W-0051 b SS-W-51 a 4` 6' to 16' | C 36 62 4' 6' to 16' 4' 6' to 16' | C 36-62 4' 6' to 16' Type HI -- Grade X SS-L-30b 7/9/63 -- Supersedes SS-W-0051 b SS-W-51 a Type HI -- Grade X SS-L-30b 7/9/63 -- Supersedes SS-W-0051 b SS-W-51 a ASA 97 1 ASA 97 1 8', 11' 4' and 12' _ - _ 4' 8' 2' 8' Std.t 2' 8' Std.t 4' 8' & 9' C-208-60 Class A C 79-54 C 79-50 C 79-54 ILL-1-535 Class A v TYPE H 1 S5-L-30b / Supersedes ) SS-5-276 _ _ 7---------------- .----------------- | C 442-61T 4' 8' Std t 2' 8' Std.t 2` 8' Std.t 4' 8' & 10'i - Type 12 SS-L-30-b - - 16" 16" 16" 16" 24" 4' 4' 4` 4` 4' 8' Std t | C 37-54 ) 8, 10, 12 - Type I SS-L-30b Supersedes SS-L-30a SS-P-43A - ASA 42 4 - Standard length -- Other length; Order. Standard Th'.cknest--Other Thicknesses on Order. SGP 0028490 PRODUCT SPECIfICATION DIRECTORY 't BRAND ; BESTWALL 5 BESTWALL j BESTWALL i \ BESTWALL 1 BESTWALL i ' BESTWALL PRODUCT NEAT BASE COAT PLASTER Unfibered, Fibered', and Extra Fibered' LITE-MIX BASE COAT PLASTER Unfibered, Fibered (Glass Only) and Masonry Mix WOOD FIBERED PLASTER CONCRETE BOND PLASTER PREPARED TROWEL FINISH PLASTER PREPARED SAND FLOAT FINISH PLASTER-white t BESTWALL | BESTWALL | BESTWALL 1 BESTWALL r | BESTWALL 1 BUILDERS LIME (Autoclaved Finish Lime) SMOOTH FINISHING LIME (Normal Hydrated Finish Lime) SPEEDY MASON S LIME (Autoclaved Mason's Lime) MASON S LIME (Normal Hydrated Mason's Lime) KEENE'S CEMENT ASTM STANDARDS C-28-60 C-28-60 C-28-60 C-28-60 - - C 206-49 C 6-49 C 207-49 S C 207-49 N C 61-50 FEDERAL SPEC. SS-P-402 (NL SS-P-402 (W) SS-P-402 (W) - - SS-L-351 (F) SS-L-351 (F) SS-l-351 (M) SS-L-351 (M) SS-C-161 APPLIED UNDER ASA 42.1 ASA 42.1 ASA 42.1 ASA 42.1 ASA 42.1 ASA <2.1 ASA 42.1 ASA 42.1 ASA 42.1 ASA 42.1 ASA 42.1 l BESTWALL i S BESTWALL \ k BESTWALL GAUGING PLASTER -wh <e (satin spari Local MOULDING PLASTER -WKi'' (sunflower) Local DENS-COTE 'Glass Fibered unless Specified Sisal 5 j BRAND PRODUCT BESTWALL JOINT SYSTEM MATERIALS \ C-28-60 C-28-60 C 59-50 C 59-50 - SS-P-402 (G) SS-P-402 (G) - ASA 42.1 ASA 42.1 - -j i ii t'l-tA.ryy ASTM STANDARDS C 475-6IT FEDERAL SPEC. APPLIED UNDER j ASA 97.1 ] | ? BESTWALL METRO-MIX i BESTWALL FORM BOARD C 317-55 C 318-55 Type V SS-L-30b ASA 59.1 i t ) f | Any question not answered by the information on this sheet or available in the District Sales Office should be referred to the General Sales Office. Be sure to give alj information as to issuing office, date of specification, job description, location, enforcing party, product involved, description of use if other than no rmal, amount involved, etc. This is particularly important when special limitations under standard specifications are involved. Each Bestwall Gypsum Company Regional Sales office has a book of applicable Federal Specifications. Each Specification is preceded with a detailed analysis prepared by the Laboratory of which Bestwall products meet the specification and any limitations. The District Sales Manager is authorized to write a letter of certification in accordance with the Laboratory analysis. BW-62485--Rev. 11/64 SGP 0028491 BEST WALL GYPSUM 0 0 M P A U Y GYPSUM WALLBOAHD MANUAL Section 4 1965 EDITION COMPANY American Gypsum Co. MAIN PLANT PLANTS & Bd PI. Ed. PI & Bd. Albuquerque, U.M. 1 Barrett Div. New York, IT. Y. 1 Bestwall Gypsum Co. Celotex Corp. Paoli, Pc. Chicago, 111 9 4 Fiberboard Paper Prod. (Pabco) San Francisco, Calif. 4 Flintkote Grand Rapids Gypsum Co. New York, IT. Y. Grand Rapids, Mich. 5 l Kaiser Gypsum Co. National Gypsum Co. Ruberoid Texas Gynsum Co. U. S. Gypsum Co. Dierks, Inc. Republic Gyosum Co. Oakland, Calif. Buffalo, N. Y. Wheatland, IT. Y. Dallas, Texas Chicago, 111. Briar, nrk. Duke, Okla 2 TOTAL 7 18 1 1 26 1 1 82 INDUSTRY POSITION 30APJD ONLY 3 k 2 "1 SGP 0028492 COMPANY SECTION k 2/1/65 BEST WALL GYPSUM COMPANY GYPSUM WAIL30ARD MANUAL Cancels previous issue 1965 EDITION MAIN PLANT PLANTS % Bd PI. Bd. PI k Bd, INDUSTRY POSITION BOARD ONLY American Gypsum Co. Albuquerque, N.M, Barrett. Division New York, N.Y. Bestwall Cftpsum Co. Paoli, Pa. Celotex Corporation Chicago, 111. Uierks, Inc0 Briar, Ark, Fiberboard Paper Products (Pabcc) Flintkote San Francisco, Calif. New York, N.Y. Grand Rapids Gypsum Co. Grand Rapids, Mich. Kaiser Qypsum Co. Oakland, Calif. National Qypsum Co. Buffalo, N.Y. Republic Gypsum Co. Duke, Okla. Ruberoid Wheatland, N.Y. Texas Gypsum Co. Dallas, Texas U.S. Qypsum Co. Chicago, 111. 1 2 TOTAL 1 9 k 1 h 5 l 7 18 1 1 1 26 fi2 3 ii o 1 SGP 0028493 SGP 0028494 SGP 0028495 BESTWALL GYPSUM COMPANY GYPSUM WALLBOARD MANUAL 1965 EDI n ON Section 5 Sub-section A WALLBOARD PRODUCTS (a) Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard is available in square edge, tapered edge, or beveled edges. Thicknesses available are I/I4", 3/8", l/2n and 5/8" thick nesses and h8" widths0 Tapered edge differs from square edge in that dur ing manufacture vinyl tapes up to l/32" thick are inserted under the edges of the board. This holds up the edges of the board, taking the shape of the vinyl tape, until the core hardens and thus produces a taper on the face. Beveled edge board is made by making three score marks on each edge of the paper and then forming each edge one half perpendicular and the other half at a U5 angle. All thickness boards are bundled two pieces to the bundle, NOTE: - Refer to the Brochure "Gypsum Wallboard Products" File No0 23-L for additional information on Wallboard Products, which need not be repeated here. (b) Insulating Gypsum Wallboard is well presented in the brochure. Some concerns laminate x-ri-th a paper backed foil which naturally presents a smoother xvrinkle free foil side. Bestwall laminates with a bare foil which will reflect even the texture of the backing paper which in no way deters from its end use. Insulating board is shipped bundled with the ivory faces together, and the foil side out being protected by total wrapping with paper and edge tapes and protector and tear strips. (c) Gypsum Sheathing is largely made xdth a xiater repellant core which is water-proofed xdth a wax-asphalt emulsion. It may be obtained xintreated xdth the normal white wallboard core on special order. The treated board meets A0S.T,,M. designation C79-5U The cover papers on gypsxmi sheathing are colored black and the face has a large yellow imorint xdth the Bestwall brand name. (d) New Improved Firestop has been given additional fire resistance compared to the original Firestop board. It is made in the same manner as regular Bestwall except that special ingredients (textile glass fiber and raw vermiculite unexpanded) are added to the core in carefully controlled amoxints so that Bestwalj. Firestop lends increased fire resistance to constructions in xddch it is used. The face is printed to indicate it is Bestwall Type "X" fireproof board. This is so building inspectors may see that TLype "X" board is installed on the proper walls needing extra fire protection^ (e) 5/8" Firestop Gypsum Backer has the same, superior core characteristics as the New Improved Firestop. Read the bi'ochure for details on its use. SGP 0028496 GYPSUM WALLBOARD MANUAL 196!? Edition -2 - Section p Sub-Section A (f) Tile Backer Board is a new product added to Bestwall*s line of Wallboard products. It is essential that the special self-adhering vinyl tape supplied by Bestwall is used with this board to seal joints, cut ends and edges# If used in showers it is recommended that it be treated as advised by the Gypsum Association in that the full surface be first water-proofed with the recommended tile adhesive0 PRE-DECORATED GYPSUM PANELING (g) Eternawall is regular bevel edged wallboard that has a vinyl sheet laminated to the face and around the edge onto the back. There are new 5 standard colors and a new standard true wood appearance vinyl called Woodmere Walnut., A new feature is the wrap around of the edges which insure adequate adhesion at these places. Nails are available at the plants to use with the 6 standard finishes# A Decorator line of Eternawall is also available with a multitude of colors and patterns. These special vinyls are subject to minimum orders, (h) There are now $ lines of wood grain paneling called Tru-Grain# All except Knotty Pine have a random plank design of black depressed lines. The Knotty Pine design shows a plank design in its photographic reproduction. Block headed nails are available for the U tru-grains with the random plank design. All Tru-Grain paneling are now square edge boards. Knotty Pine, Honey Aspen and Mellow Mahogany sire finished with a durable transparent coating that will withstand repeated cleaning. The Deluxe Tru-Grain panels Fruitwood and Heritage Cherry offer additional durability. Deluxe Tru-Grain has an additional 2 mil clear vinyl coating, (i) Formboard is made l/2" thick and 32" wide for use as a support for pouredin-place gjrpsum roof decks. Both cover papers on formboard are heavy and strong to lend strength and rigidity during the pouring of the gypsum fibered concrete. The face paper is treated in manufacture with a fungicide so that mold growth will not occur during the relatively long drying period required for poured-in-place decks. The back paper has a soft absorbent face liner to promote good adhesion between it and the gypsum concrete. The formboard then acts as a tension member of the roof deck which insures high strength, (j) Laminated Constructions; Refer to Section 6 - Sub-Section B. There is a technical Data table on various constructions giving fire ratings, sound transmission, building codes, etc, - Section 7 - Partition and Ceiling Systems,, (k) Joint System Products are dealt with briefly at the back of the Sweet's Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard Products literature. References are given of more detailed direction for the use of these products. Section 6 - "Joint Treatment", SGP 0028497 the W AI reinforced SUM HOAR Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard consists of a glass fiber reinforced core of gypsum rock enclosed between two layers of tough paper. The durable cream face paper is folded around the long edges to reinforce and protect the core. The ends are square cut and smooth finished. A strong gray paper is on the back side. The fiberglass content of Bestwall gypsum board products is an important and unique factor to consider in specifying drywall construction. Literally miles of glass fiber filaments of uniform strength and length are dispersed in the gypsum core to add greater resilience, strength and handling ease. t 1 f \ j | | | I I f $ THICKNESS %" Vi" Vs" V2" Fi restop 5/a" Firestop APPROX. CONTENT IN MILES PER SQ. FT. 1.2 1.6 2.1 10.4 12.8 Fireproof--The solid core of gypsum wallboard is incombustible. Gypsum will not burn and will not transfer heat in excess of 212 F. until all its water of crystallization has been driven off in the form of steam. Strength--Readily resists flexural stresses and will not crack or sag when applied to ceilings in the spec ified manner. Flexible enough to conform to mod erately curved surfaces. Joint Treatment--Bestwall Wallboard is finished with tapered edges to accommodate the Bestwall Joint Systems or square edges for exposed joints. Fast Decoration--Gypsum Wallboard, a "dry" mate rial, allows painting or other decoration shortly after application of Joint Treatment. Economy--Large, lightweight panels go up fast. They may be "scored and snapped" or sawed to size. Drywall--Plant fabricated gypsum wallboard elimi nates extreme moisture in wall constructions. _,3 3_''\,i ~ _ 3 s'3 j - - 1. Gypsum Wallboard shall not be used where it will be exposed to water or excessive moisture. Bestwall Gypsum Tile Backer Board shall be used in any high moisture area. 2. Vt" Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard should be applied only to existing surfaces or used in temporary or display work. Surfaces should be sound. When nec essary, furring strips should not be spaced over 16" o.c. 3/a" Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard should not be applied to nailing members spaced over 16" o.c. Horizontal application must be used on ceilings. y2" or y8" Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard should not be used on nailing members over 24" o.c. When applied to ceilings with the nailing members exceeding 16" o.c. the wallboard must be applied with the paper bound edges at right angles to nailing member. 3. All furring used in application of gypsum wallboard shall have a minimum cross section of 2" x 2" (nominal), with space limitations as above. >| LENGTH 6' to 16' (in even feet) WIDTH 4' THICKNESSES Vi " < %' V2" 1 5/a" EDGES Tapered, Square, Beveled (special order only) Bestwall Regular Gypsum Wallboard is manufactured with Tapered or Square Edges and faced with a strong, creamcolored paper which will take any type of decorative treat ment. i/2" and %" wallboard with Tapered Edges are recommended for single layer application in new con struction. Tapered Edges are designed to be reinforced by the Bestwall Joint Systems for smooth, seamless sur faces. Square Edges are recommended for use where exposed joints are acceptable. Increased resistance to fire expos ure and sound transmission depend upon greater board thickness used (see Technical Data Chart, p. 6). Wood stud load-bearing partitions faced on both sides with V2" Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard have a fire endur ance of 40 minutes, as tested in accordance with E-119 Standard Method of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials specified by the American Society for Test ing Materials. When faced with %" Bestwall, the fire endurance is 25 minutes. %" Gypsum Wallboard is used primarily in repair and remodeling work. Light weight permits easy handling and application. It is also recommended for use in double layer laminated gypsum wallboard construction. 14" Gypsum Wallboard is a lightweight economical gyp sum product for application directly over existing walls and ceilings and for use on curved surfaces and in dis play work. Bestwall Gypsum Backer, designed for field lamination of gypsum wallboard, acoustical tile and other compatible materials with adhesives, provides low cost, level sur faces for further decorative treatments. It may be applied over load bearing or non-load bearing wood or metal framing with nails or clips. SGP 0028499 ' ax ? s `,S INSULATING GYPSUM WALLBOARD(backed) GYPSUM SHEATHING 12c Be SIZES LENGTH 6' to 16' (in even feet) WIDTH 4' THICKNESSES %' w EDGES Tapered, Square DESCRIPTION Bestwall Insulating Gypsum Wallboard is regular gypsum wall board with bright aluminum foil laminated to the back surface. In a single application it provides the advantages of regular gypsum wallboard, plus an effective vapor barrier and insulating qualities. It is manufactured with Tapered or Square edges. ADVANTAGES Insulation--Panels must be installed with foil side against the studs. To have reflective insulation value, FHA requires the foil to face a minimum air space of The aluminum foil, according to U. S. Bureau of Standards Tests, reflects 90% of radiant heat. It provides insulation approximately equal to 1/2" fiberboard. Vapor Barrier--Bestwall Insulating Gypsum Wallboard pro vides an efficient vapor barrier. The aluminum foil stops vapor from entering the exterior wall construction, thereby reducing condensation in stud spaces. Economical--Large, lightweight panels handle easily and can be scored and snapped to desired size. Glass Fiber Reinforced--Miles of glass fibers are dispersed in the gypsum core to provide added resilience, strength and handling ease. SIZES LENGTH 8' 8', 9' WIDTH ! THICKNESSES EDGES V edge 2' V?" Tongue-and-Groove ____ _________ 21____ Square DESCRIPTION Bestwall Gypsum Sheathing is the only gypsum sheathing reinforced with glass fibers. The "asphalted" reinforced gypsum core is protected by highly water repellent paper, eliminating need for an underlayer of treated building paper (except where required by local building codes). The 2' wide sheathing is manufactured with precision formed tongue-and-groove edges to provide a structurally strong and stable wail, V-tongue-and-groove edges fit snugly minimizing wind infiltration. The 4' wide square-edge sheathing, applied vertically, com pletely eliminates the need for corner bracing. It is designed to meet FHA Technical Circular 12 requirements. Racking Tests were made in conformance with ASTM E72. ADVANTAGES Fireproof--Exterior wood stud wall is rated for one full hour fire-resistance from both sides in combination with %" Bestwall Firestop or other 1-hour interior construction applied over studs and any exterior finish (wood siding, stucco, brick, veneer, etc.) over Vz" gypsum sheathing. Glass Fiber Reinforced--This exclusive development as sures greater flexibility and resistance to shock and setting, better nailing qualities and strength, Water Repellent--The gypsum core contains an emulsion to provide high resistance to water absorption. Meets ASTM 79-54 including the water resistance test. Economical--Large panels cover large areas quickly and with little waste. Building paper is not required (except where demanded by local building codes). New 4' sheathing eliminates corner bracing, thus keeping labor and material costs to a minimum. SGP 0028500 3 NEW IMPROVED BESTWALL FIRESTOP Strength--Resists crosswise stresses. %" Firestop has flexural strength of 240 to 290 lbs. as compared to ASTM minimum requirements of 145 lbs. for %" regu lar gypsum wallboard and a Federal Specifications mini mum requirement of 105 lbs. for 1/2" regular gypsum wallboard. MEETS BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS Bestwall Firestop in various assemblies meets Building Code requirements from 45 minutes to 3 hours for in terior wall and ceiling construction in buildings of all types from highly incombustible to wood frame; and for various occupancies of residential, public and commer cial character. SIZES LENGTH 6' to 16' (in even feet) WIDTH 4' THICKNESS Vi" %' EDGES Tapered, Square or Tongue-and- Groove DESCRIPTION New Improved Bestwall Firestop, combining all the advan tages of the original gypsum wallboard in the original Type "X" gypsum wallboard, has substantially greater glass fiber reinforcement than ever before for increased fire protection, strength and better nailing qualities. The original Type "X" gypsum wallboard provided a full 1 hour fire retardant rating in single layer application over incombustible and combustible framed walls and parti tions and floor and ceiling assemblies. Now through greater glass fiber reinforcement, its fire resistance has been increased to permit two hours when used in a sin gle layer treatment as the ceiling below an incombustible floor and ceiling assembly. ADVANTAGES Economical--Large, lightweight panels handle easily and can be scored and snapped to desired size. Low Cost--New Improved Bestwall Firestop is one of the lowest cost fireproofing materials available today. Crack-Resistance--Resists cracks due to framing move ments, vibrations and settling. Unaffected by humidity or extremes in temperatures. SOUND TRANSMISSION RATINGS Official Sound Transmission Tests of various assemblies make possible partitions with Sound Transmission Class (STC) of 34 to 58. %" Bestwall Firestop over V2" Bestwall Sound Deadening Board each side of wood studs 16" on center has been proven in a full scale fire test to have a 1 hour fire resistance. This same con struction has an STC of 45. FIRE RESISTANCE Bestwall Firestop is recommended where extra fire resist ance is required in residential, commercial and public buildings. s/8" thickness for years has provided one-hour fire resistance in single layer application on both walls and ceilings over wood or steel, while Vi" thickness has provided 45 minutes fire rating in single layer application when applied over wood framing, for both walls and ceil ings. See the tabulation on pages 8-9 for greater fire resistance in single layer application for both 1/2" and %" thick Bestwall Firestop. The extra fire protection offered by Bestwall Firestop is built right into the core through the use of specific amounts of incombustible glass fibers and unexpanded vermiculite. Vi" and %" Bestwall Firestop qualify for Building Code acceptance in the constructions as shown in the table on pages 8-9. Bestwall Firestop is listed by Underwriters and carries the UL Label for 45 minutes, 1, 2 and 3 hour Fire Resistance in various Designs and for Fire Hazard Classification of 10-15 Flame Spread. MANIFEST FOR %" BESTWALL FIRESTOP FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATION Flame Spread 10-15 Fuel Contributed 5-15 Smoke Developed 0.45 x\TVuttwn,,I,'i'ora'onf3 -V WALLBOARD ISSUE I'5111 FIRE RESISTANCE CLASSIFICATION FLOOR AND CEILING Design No. 69--2 hr. Design No. 217--2 hr. Design No. 13--1 Vz hr. Design No 2--1 hr Design No. 1--1 hr COLUMN PROTECTION Design No 18--3 hr Design No. 8--2 hr WALLS AND PARTITIONS Design No 5--3 hr. Design No 7--2 hr. Design No. 5--1 hr. Design No 10--1 hr Design No. 11--1 hr YOU ARE PROTECTED AGAINST SUBSTITUTION of inferior material by Underwriters' Laboratories inspection Service, as evidenced by the Underwriters' Laboratories Manifest which appears on the twin mounting tape binding each bundle of 2 pieces. And especially important to architects and building inspectors, the front of each sheet is marked with Bestwall Firestop Type X" so that it's easy to identify when in place. 4 SGP 0028501 12c X* MlL U ?TvIP' ">:ALLB0ARD PRODUCTS Be % FIRESTOP GYPSUM BACKER SIZES LENGTH WIDTH 8' 2' 6' to 16' 4' THICKNESS %' EDGES Tongue-and-Groove Square DESCRIPTION Bestwall %" Firestop Gypsum Backer, with greater glass fiber reinforcement than ever before, is used as a back ing for decorative surface treatments of acoustical plas ters, tile, plywood and various veneers. A single layer application of %" Bestwall Firestop Gypsum Backer on both sides of wood or steel framing, enables load bearing or non-load bearing wall, floor and ceiling assemblies to resist temperatures rising to 1700F in a standard time temperature curve for one hour. Firestop Gypsum Backer consists of a gypsum core with unexpanded vermiculite, reinforced with literally miles of high tensile strength glass fibers, firmly bonded to a fibrous grey paper on both sides. The vermiculite bal ances gypsum shrinkage by expanding when exposed to heat, while the textile glass filaments keep the core intact even after its chemically combined water has been re leased. Official tests by Underwriters' Laboratories have proven the fire resistance of wall and floor and ceiling assemblies do not need the joints treated and finished for the fire resistance ratings shown in the chart on page 8-9. COLUMN FIREPROOFING DESCRIPTION Fireproofing with Bestwall Firestop Gypsum Wallboard provides a fast, efficient and economical method of pro tecting steel columns. Fire resistant assemblies of two and three hours are obtainable depending upon the num ber of layers of 5/$" Bestwall Firestop used. These layers are held in place by a combination of screws and metal studs. Both the two and three hour fire rated assemblies of Firestop have passed Official Fire Tests conducted by the Underwriters' Laboratories. ADVANTAGES Fire Resistance--3 hour fire resistive protection for steel columns can be obtained with three layers of %" Bestwall Firestop and 2 hour fire resistive protection can be obtained with two layers of %" Firestop. Where necessary 1 hour of fire protection can be obtained with two layers fh of 1/2" Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard and IV2 hour pro V tection with 3 layers of Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard. Economy--Low material cost, speed of erection and minimum number of materials provides lower construc tion costs. Lighter--As compared to other types of fireproofing, a dead load saving of from 50 to 75% can be realized with Bestwall Firestop Column Fireproofing. Speed of Erection--Bestwall Firestop Gypsum Wallboard can be installed quickly and easily when used for column fireproofing following Bestwall details. Minimum amount of the wire and adhesives are used. TWO-HOUR fire rated steel column assembly with Bestwall Firestop. / / S / / / / / / / THREE-HOUR fire rated steel column assembly with %" Bestwall Firestop. SGP 0028502 5 TILE BACKER BOARD SIZES LENGTH S', 11', 12' WIDTH 4' THICKNESS y2" j EDGE Tapered DESCRIPTION Bestwali Tile Backer Board is a water-resistant gypsum product with a light blue face paper, designed for use as a base for the adhesive application of ceramic, metal or plastic tiie. The gypsum core consists of incombustible gypsum rock, reinforced with glass fibers, combined with an emulsion giving high water resistance. This new Bestwali product is ideai for bathrooms, kitchens, powder rooms, and all high moisture areas. Bestwali Tile Backer Board can be erected as easily as wallboard and requires no finishing of joints or nail heads with joint treatment nor further waterproofing under tile applied adhesively. Tile Backer Board is sealed at cut edges with a special 2" wide self-adhering vinyl tape. Approximately one roll per msf. wallboard. Also used over any joints under tile. ADVANTAGES Water Resistant--Core is specially treated with a water resisting emulsion and the paper is treated in manufactur ing to make Bestwali Tile Backer Board more water re sistant. Economical--Taping joints and cut edges with vinyl pres sure-sensitive tape can save time and money. Ease of Application--Bestwali Tile Backer Board can be applied like regular gypsum wallboard. Cut edges can be sealed easily with vinyl tape and no waterproofing primer is necessary before applying the tile. Glass Fiber Reinforced--Miles of glass fiber filaments of uniform strength and length are dispersed in the gypsum core to provide greater shock resistance and greater com pressive strength. Convenience Outside Tile Area--For areas not covered by tile, joints and nail heads may be treated as those in regu lar wallboard and the surface primed and painted with adjacent areas of regular wallboard. 6 PRE-DECORATED GYPSUM PANELING ETERNAWALL r-STANDARD COLORS SIZES LENGTH 8', 10' (other lengths on order) WIDTH 4' THICKNESSES . '^ " (Va ': % " on order) EDGES Beveled DESCRIPTION Bestwali Eternawall combines all the advantages of regu lar gypsum wallboard with the beauty and durability of vinyl. The fireproof gypsum core of the panels are rein forced with glass fibers for extra strength. The deep linen-textured vinyl surface provides permanent scuff, crack and chip-resistance. Eternawall Panels are available in 5 standard colors: Sand, Shadow Gray, Snowdrift, Seafoam Blue and Spring Green. Also available in the Standard Line of Eternawall is Woodmere Walnut, a striking new pattern that gives a rich true-wood appearance. The Decorator Line of Eternawall is available in over 200 trend setting colors and patterns that offer unlimited de sign possibilities. Both the standard colors and the Decorator Line provide bright, attractive interiors or accent walls in homes as well as commercial and institutional structures . . . whenever beautiful, easy-to-clean walls are desired. ADVANTAGES Fade-Resistant Colors--Eternawall colors are permanently fade resistant. Inexpensive to maintain, the color, texture or design will not be impaired when cleaned. Easy Maintenance--An occasional wipe with a damp cloth keeps the vinyl surface clean and new looking. No special treatment is needed. The surface may be repainted, if desired, to accommodate subsequent changes in decor. Easy to Install--Large panels handle with the ease of regular gypsum wallboard, Vinyl surface is easily scored and the board snapped to size. Nails of matching colors blend with the paneling. Reinforced with Glass Fibers--Miles of glass fibers rein force the gypsum core for added impact strength and resilience. -j SGP 0028503 TRU-GRAIN DELUXE TRU-GRAIN FRUITWOOC HERIT/GE CHERRY LENGTH 8' 9' 10' WIDTH 4' SIZES THICKNESSES EDGES %" tVi" on order) Square ______________ | ! 1 LENGTH 8' 9' 10' WIDTH 4' THICKNESSES %" (y2" on order) EDGES Square DESCRIPTION Bestwall Tru-Grain Gypsum Paneling is regular gypsum wallboard pre-finished with beautiful photographic repro ductions of selected wood panels. These reproductions are printed on a special paper and cemented to the face of the gypsum wallboard. random plank design, in addition to providing high style beauty, this premium gypsum paneling offers added dura bility. Deluxe Tru-Grain has a 2 mil clear vinyl covering which gives added resistance to scuffing and insures classic long-lasting beauty. The Bestwall Tru-Grain Line is available in three low-cost woodgrain patterns, Knotty Pine. Honey Aspen and Mellow Mahogany. The random plank design of Tru-Grain gives a handsome true-wood look and makes joints easier to con ceal. All are finished with a durable transparent coating. Bestwall Deluxe Tru-Grain is available in two luxurious woodgrain patterns, Fruitwood and Heritage Cherry in Bestwall Tru-Grain Gypsum Paneling combines the beauty of wood panels with the cutting and handling ease, the incombustibility and economy of gypsum wallboard. It can be scored with a knife and snapped off to the desired size or can be sawed. Ideal for new construction as well as remodeling, it lends warmth and color to homes, offices, motels, restaurants and other commercial and institutional buildings. ADVANTAGES Five Finishes--Five striking true-wood reproductions are available: Knotty Pine, Honey Aspen and Mellow Mahogany in the Tru-Grain Line and Fruitwood and Heritage Cherry in the Deluxe Tru-Grain Line. Strength--Miles of glass fibers dispersed in the fireproof gypsum core assure added strength and resilience. Deluxe Tru-Grain has a 2 mil clear vinyl covering to provide extra scuff resistance. Easy to Apply--Large panels go up fast with no heavy handling. Tru-Grain is available in easy-to-apply 4' x 8' panels, Can be quickly nailed in place with matching color headed nails. Low Maintenance--Tru-Grain is easy to clean. Just an occasional wipe with a damp cloth will keep panels fresh and sparkling. Fire Resistance--The core of Tru-Grain is fireproof gyp sum, a mineral that will not burn. Easy-To-Cut--Bestwall Tru-Grain can be scored with a knife and snapped off to the desired size or can be sawed. SGP 0028504 7 TECHNICAL DATA GYPSUM WALLBOARD CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION THICK- WEIGHT NESS LB/SQ.FT. PARTITIONS: 2" x 4" Wood Studs: 16" 0. C Load bearing except when noted "N". 4%" 45/" 4 s/g " 4 Vi" 4s/," 4 s/," 4/," 5>/:" 6 Vs" 5/," 52 5.9, 60 52 59 60 70 9.5 12 0 8.5 (N) 5/," 5 H" 13.4 71 6" (N) Nailable Steel Stud: Load Bearing 3Vs" 24" 0. C. Screw Type Steel Stud: Non Load Bearing ls/e" 24" 0. C 35/8"24"0 C 3Vg" 24" 0 C 3H"24"0 C 1%" 24" 0 C 5'/," 5s/," sy," 4/," SVt" 2/," AVt" w w 3'/," 7.2 96 8.2 99 110 6.5 11 5 57 6.0 85 8.6 2? r-o O O 3% " 24" 0 C 3s/."24"0 C Semi-Solid: Gypsum Stud Non Load Bearing 8.4 6Yt" 11 0 6" 8.8 61/," 11.1 2>/," 4s/," 72 10.0 Solid Gypsum Board Double Solid Gypsum Board 21/." 2" 2/r 4" 5" 6" 6" 6" 6" 78 8.1 91 13 4 13 4 95 13 17 FLOOR & CEILING: Wood Joists 16" 0. C. Finished floor on rough subfloor Ceiling 17.2 -- 11 4 11.4 12 0 14 6 WALL SURFACE SOUND TRANSMISSION CHARACTERISTICS INDIVIDUAL FREQUENCIES --CPS 125 175 250 350 500 700 1000 1400 2000 2800 Vs" Bestwali, Both sides Vz" Bestwali, Both sides W Bestwali. Both sides, with Mineral Wool in stud space Vs" Bestwali Firestop, Both sides V" Bestwali Firestop, Both sides Vi" Bestwali Firestop, Both sides, with Mineral Wool in stud space Vi" Bestwali Firestop, Both sides Vs" Bestwali Firestop, 1 layer one side, 2 layers other side %" Bestwali Firestop, 2 layers each side Vs" Bestwali Firestop over Vi" sound deadening board both sides Vs" Bestwali Firestop, 2 layers each side staggered studs Bestwali Firestop, l layer nailed one side, 1 layer on resilient furring other side Vg" Bestwali Firestop, 1 layer nailed one side, 1 layer on resilient furring other side plus fiber glass insulation in stud space Vg" Bestwali Firestop, 2 layers one side, 1 layer on resilient furring other side Vg" Bestwali, 2 layers both sides Vi" Vi" Bestwali. Bestwali, 2 2 layers layers both both sides sides, staggered studs 22 23 28 _ 22 16 29 23 5 19.5 33 26 5 22 36 25 30 38 41 41 41 27 5 26 33 33 5 35 32 5 32 27 24 -- 42 40 43 38 31 39 32 33 31 33 34 5 36 37 42 43 47 43 46 41 43 50 5 51 44.5 49 35 40 40 45 41 44 __ 38 41 40 43 43 5 48 52 57 48 49 49 51 54 55 52.5 55 42 46 42 45 _ 46 _ 41.5 36 45 40 49.5 45 58 55 - 41 51 42 55 54 5G 5 49 53 - 41 _ _ 36 5 40 44 5 54 - 41 5 47.5 45 _ - Vg" Bestwali Firestop, 1 layer each side Vg" Bestwali Firestop, 2 layers each side Vg" Bestwali Firestop, 1 layer each side 25 29 Vg" Bestwali Firestop, 1 layer each side Vg" Bestwali Firestop, 1 layer one side, 2 layers other side 20 5 26 24 26 Vg" Bestwali Firestop, 1 layer one side, fiber glass insulation 35 31 33 35 37 40 40 41 41.5 46 46 49 in stud space, 2 layers other side 31 37 45 49 52 55 Vs" iBnessttuwdalsipFancees, to1 pla, y1elrayVegr" one side, Bestwali fiber glass insulation Firestop over 1" core board other side 30 38 43 49 51 54 Vg" Bestwali Firestop, 2 layers each side Vs" Bestwali Firestop, 2 layers one side, 1 layer over Vi" fiber glass board other side Ve" Bestwali Firestop, 2 layers each side, fiber glass insulation in stud space 28 29 36 44 48 52 25 33 41 47 52 54 36 41 49 51 53 55 44 50 52 57 55 55 56 56 Bestwali Hummer System "B" Vs" Bestwali Firestop, 1 layer each side 1" x 6" Rib Vg" Bestwali Firestop over Vi" Sound Deadening Board each side of 2Vi" x 3" Gypsum Rib Bestwali Hummer System "C" Vg" Bestwali, 2 layers each side of Vi" x 6" Rib Vt" Bestwali each side, 1" Core Board Vg" Bestwali Firestop each side, 1" Core Board 21 17 27 34 36 40 39 28 36 43 46 50 54 58 23 23 31 36 36 38 39 43 33 50.5 42 51 44 55 50 54 51 53 47 55 50 55 50 43 36 59 58 39 36 36 40 45 48 50 51 51 52 36 57 36 Vg" Bestwali Firestop, 2 layers each side 1" Rib Vg" Bestwali Firestop, 2 layers each side 1" Rib Vg" Bestwali over Vg" Bestwali Firestop. each side 1" ribs Vi" Bestwali over 1" Core Board, each side of 3" air space Vi" Bestwali, 1 layer over l" Core Board each side 3" air space with 1" Core Board centered in air space Vi" Bestwali, 1 layer over l" Core Board each side of 3" air space with 1" Core Board centered in air space and fiber glass Insulation in space on 1 side 29 5 31 32 34 31 36 29 34 36 45 34 5 37 38 36 5 35 37.5 39 5 39 5 38 38 5 41 47 49 49 40 45 47 50 49 54 49 53 55 56 56 -- 47 55 58 42 46.5 -- 51 56 59 60 60 62 Vs" Bestwali W Bestwali XA" Bestwali Firestop Vs" Bestwali Firestop 2 layers of Vs" Firestop with resilient furring channel 24" 0. C between layers -- 4000 39 45 47 51 59 54 51 53 54 48 53 44 48 50 51 53 55 55 55 39 59 41 51.5 54 60 60 63 _ -- Steel Bar Joists 24" 0. C. Ceiling 2" Concrete Floor on Metal lath centering With 2Vt" Concrete Floor STEEL COLUMN Fire Proofing 11.5 -- - 34.2 34.2 33.9 34.1 34.6 _ -- -- -- Vt" Bestwali Firestop applied to resilient metal furring 24" 0. C. Vs" Bestwali, 2 layers Vt" Bestwali. 2 layers 34 35 37 44 48 45 49 49 51 50 54 Vs" Bestwali Firestop nailed or screwed to metal furring 16" 0. C. 5/g" Bestwali Firestop Backer, nailed or screwed to metal furring 16" 0 C. Vt" Bestwali Firestop, metal furring 24" 0. C. Vs" Bestwali Firestop. metal furring 24" 0. C. - _ -- - - - - - - - - Vs" Bestwali Firestop. metal furring 24" 0. C Vt" Bestwali, 2 layers Vt" Bestwali, 3 layers Vs" Bestwali Firestop, 2 layers Vs" Bestwali Firestop. 3 layers 1. Tire Hazard Classification--Official Underwriters' Tests. Vs" and %w Bestwali Firestop, 10-15 (LABELED) and Bestwali, 10-15 (NOT LABELED). 2. This table is a summary only, based on tests sponsored by the Bestwali Gypsum Company, the Gypsum Association and/or others. The fire resistive ratings, weights and sound characteristics are based on assemblies with specific details as covered in official test reports and/or publications of Underwriters' Labor atories, the National Bureau of Standards. Ohio State University. Geiger and Hamme, Riverbank Laboratories, Ohio Research Corporation and/orthe Bestwali Gypsum Company. 3. inconsistencies in test results are due to tests over a period of 20 years and some variations in laboratory facilities. 4. The performance of a wall or a floor and ceiling assembly in an actual building is affected by installation details at intersection with columns, floors and ceilings, by door and other opening details, by fixtures, plumbing and other items put into the assemblies. 8 SGP 0028505 SOUND TRANS. CHAR. 9 SPEECH FREQ. PRIVACY STC AVG. RANGE 56 TEST REF. _ -- 34 - 40 -- 34 - 40 34 32 37 35 41 39 -- BS-234 -- _-- --- -- 38 OR-64-8 41 OR-64-11 46 OR-64-12 46 45 - 45 43 40 54 OR-64-67 BS-244 46 OR-64-19 50 48 53 OR-64-16 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING 7 TEST REF. 25 Min. 40 Min. 1 Hr. 30 Min. 45 Min. 1 Hr. 1 Hr. IA Hr. 2 Hr. 1 Hr. 2 Hr. 1 Hr. 1 Hr. _ - U.L. #1 - U.L. 45 EST. T-194 T-3006 EST. EST. EST. MODEL BUILDING CODE APPROVALS 8 ABC ABC ABC __ BC - AB_C ABC - - 48 45 -- -- 38 39 - 43 51 OR-64-15 l'/r Hr. _ -- BS---225 1 Hr. IA Hr. - BS-235 EST. _ _ - A A 42 38 1 Hr. u.l #3 ABC 47 44 - - 2 Hr. U.L. #4 BC 35 36 42 38 43 40 50 47 52 47 47 44 48 46 52 50 TL-62-72 1 Hr. 45 0R-63-11 1 Hr 48 OR-64-32 l'/r Hr. 53 OR-64-5I IA Hr. 53 OR-64-6I m Hr. 51 OR 64-52 2 Hr. 53 OR-64-34 2 Hr. 54 OR-64-50 2 Hr. T-2316 T-2016 EST EST. EST. EST. EST. EST. ABC - - 35 32 51 48 37 34 _ 37 - 36 -- 37 40 -- 47 46 51 46 58 53 37 BW-8 Ft. 1 Hr 56 OR-64-57 1 Hr. 37 TL-6Q-13I ! Hr. _ 2 Hr. - - 2 Hr. --- TR-57-42 TR-57-43 2 Hr. 3 Hr. - 1 A Hr. 52 OR-64-39 2 Hr. 54 OR-64-58 3 Hr. 58 OR-64-59 3 Hr. U.L. 10 EST. T-1276 _ - U.L. #7 U.L. #5 U.L. T-2575 EST. EST. ABC - ABC _ ~ ABC ABC ABC - _ ---- -- -- -- 50 _ Est. -- -- - _ -- -- 15 Min. 25 Min. 45 Min. _ U.L. #1 ABC ABcC - 1 Hr. U.L. #1 ABC _ 2 Hr. U.L. #217 _ 47 44 ---- ---- -- _ ---- -- _ ---- ---- -- 49 TL-64-155 1 Hr. - -- 30 Min. -- -- 1 Hr. - - 1 Hr. _ -- _ 1 Hr. VA Hr. - - \A Hr. - - 2 Hr. _ -- -- __ -- -- 1 Hr. V/, Hr. 2 Hr. - - 3 Hr. U.L. #33 -- - u.l. n _ U.L. #17 U.L. #13 U.L #69 _ -- U.L. #8 U.L. #18 -- -- ABC AB--C _ -- -- 5. STC under Sound Characteristics is Sound Transmission Class. 6. Average decibel loss in 500*2800 CPS range. 7. Official Underwriters' Tests have proven joint finishing is not required for the rating in assemblies of Firestop. 8. Under "Model Building Code Approvals" A, refers to International Conference of Building Officials; B, refers to Southern Building Code Congress; C, refers to Building Officials Conference of America. Additional Approvals requested. BESTWALL GYPSUM WALLBOARD PRODUCTS Be SYSTEMS ENGINEERING The Bestwall Gypsum Company has long been a leader in Laminated Gypsum Wallboard Partition Systems. First with proven fire and sound ratings, Bestwall Systems offer the utmost in protection and econ omy. The laminated construction of these strong, durable systems provides a resis tance to nail pops and joint beading that often plague conventional drywall systems. Bestwall Systems Engineers, specialists in the installation of these drywall systems, are available through Bestwall Gypsum Company Sales Offices to assist with archi tectural detailing, quantity surveys, and onthe-job construction. They are thoroughly trained to recommend the proper combi nation of systems to meet the most de manding specifications. SYSTEM FIRE RATINGS SOUND CONTROL PAGE TWO LAYER..................... . 1 Hr.......... . .38 Db. . . . . .10 STRIP LAMINATION .... --- .... . .34 Db. . . . . .11 2V4" SEMI-SOLID......... . . 1 Hr.......... . . 30 Db. . . . . .12 4" SEMI-SOLID............... . .2 Hrs........ . .37 Db. . . . . .13 5" SEMI-SOLID............... . . 3 Hrs........ . .40 Db. . . . . .13 SEMI-SOLID GYPSUM STUD WALL.............. . . 1 Hr. Est.. . .51 Db. . . . . .14 2" SOLID....................... . .2 Hrs........ . .36 Db. . . . . .15 DOUBLE SOLID ........... . .2 Hrs........ . .47 Db. . . . . .16 SOUND DEADENING BOARD .................... . . 1 Hr.......... . .45 Db. . . . . .17 METAL STUD FRAMING . . 1 Hr.......... . .42 Db. . . . . .18 &ESTWAU THE FOLLOWING METAL COMPONENTS MANUFAC TURERS ARE COOPERATING WITH THE BESTWALL GYP SUM COMPANY'S SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PROGRAM Curtis Partition Corp.........722 Liberty Ave., North Bergen, N. J. Donn Products......................700 Bassett Road, Westlake, Ohio Henges Company..............2814 Locust Street, St. Louis 3, Mo. National Rolling Mills..............P. O. Box 205, Malvern, Penna. Neslo Partitions..................P. 0. Box 427, Doylestown, Penna. Penn Metal Co...................P. 0. Box 1468, Parkersburg, W. Va. White Partitions Co............ 56 Glenwood Ave., Boston 36, Mass. SGP 0028506 9 TWO LAYER Laminated Construction ONE-HOUR FIRE RATED WHAT THE TWO-LAYER LAMINATION SYSTEM PROVIDES: FIRE RESISTANCE--ONE-HOUR (witn two layers %" gypsum wallboard). RESISTANCE TO NAIL POPPING--Freedom mom nail popping and joint bead ing which plague conventional dry-wall systems. STRENGTH--Two-layer lamination has greater strength than single layer application. STRAIGHT WALL & CEILING SURFACES--Lamination creates smooth mono lithic -walls and ceilings. SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS--43 Decibels (Tested before 1957).. 38 Deci bels 'Tested 1958j, with rwo layers %`v gypsum wailboard. WHAT THE TWO-LAYER SYSTEM IS! Lamination is an advanced system of wall and ceiling construction erected by laminating two layers of Bestwall Glass Fiber Reinforced Gypsum Wallboard to conventional framing. The first layer is nailed. The second is applied with adhesive and reduced number of fasteners. It is the basic sys tem for fire-rated, durable walls and ceilings over framing for residential, institutional, commercial, and multi-dwellings work in new construction or remodeling based on the original two-layer appli cation developed by E. B. Hummer in the early l930:s. Reference: Bestwall Hummer Systems Brochure #BW-62380 CEILING CROSS SECTION PARALLEL TO JOISTS WALL SECTION V>\ lit , i USIll. 'tyF FLOOR DETAIL 10 SGP 0028507 TWO-LAYER LAMINATED PARTITION  r;' ALLHEAL - vt ! : rJ ~ STRIP LAMINATION WHAT THE STRIP LAMINATION SYSTEM PROVIDES: RESISTANCE TO NAIL POPPING--Same freedom from nail popping and joint beading provided by two layer system. STRENGTH--Lamination at board center, edges, and ends greatly strengthens application. STRAIGHT WALL AND CEILING SURFACES -- Lamination creates smooth monolithic walls. SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS--34 Decibels (Tested before 1957). WHAT STRIP LAMINATION IS! This original strip laminated method of applying Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard provides nearly all the advantages of two-layer lamination at lower cost. 8" wide strips of %" gypsum wallboard 2' on center (4" wide at ceiling and side wall intersection and at floor) are applied at right angles to framing of walls and ceilings. V2" Bestwall Gypsum is laminated to these strips. The System is recommended for framed residential and commercial work in new construction or remodeling-- wherever straight walls and ceilings of long-lasting strength and smooth surface appearance are desired. Reference: Bestwall Hummer Systems Brochure #BW-62385 12c Be CEILING SHOWING STRIP LAMINATION SGP 0028508 1 111 . FLOOR DETAIL 11 SEMI-SOUP Non-Load Bearing Partitions ONE-HOUR FIRE RATED WHAT THE SEMI-SOLID SYSTEM PROVIDES: FIRE RESISTANCE--ONE-HOUR with %" Bestwall Firestop. FREEDOM FROM NAIL POPPING. ECONOMICAL--Ease of application and speed of installation can save time and money. STRENGTH--More rugged as determined by ASTM E 72-55 Impact Test than wall with 2" x 4" studs, 16" o.c., faced with i/2" gypsum wallboard. STRAIGHT WALL SURFACES--Lamination creates smooth monolithic walls and reduces joint beading. EXTRA USABLE FLOOR SPACE--With 21/;" thick partitions, 20 sq. ft. addi tional floor space when compared with 2" x 4" stud wall construction for every 100 lin. ft. of wall. SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS--35 Decibels (Tested before 1957), 30 Deci bels (Tested 1958). (2i/4" partition.) WHAT THE SEMI-SOLID LAMINATED SYSTEM IS! The Bestwall Hummer Semi-Solid Gypsum Partition System is the original non-load bearing con struction erected by laminating %" Bestwall Firestop Gypsum Wallboard to 1" x 6" gypsum ribs spaced 24" on center. Other board facings may be used. 6" wide ribs of li/4", 1%", and 1%" thickness are also available for wider air space. The Semi-Solid Partition is recommended for institutional, commercial, and residential work in both new construction and remodeling wher ever the best in fire-rated, non-load bearing thin partitions is required. Reference: Bestwall Hummer Systems Brochure #BW-62390 EC E HORIZONTAL SECTION--2%" THICK WALL USING 1" RIB CEILING DETAIL j, '/i'-1 i-A J4` A J 7*. PRE-LAMINATED RIBS AVAILABLE WALL SECTION WOOD SffT- METAL -Mi- U floor DETAIL 12 SGP 0028509 2Vi" SEMI-SOLID PARTITIONS 4" and 5" SEMI-SOLID Non-Load Bearing Partitions TWO-HOUR and THREE-HOUR FIRE RATED WHAT THE 4" SEMI-SOLID NON-LOAD BEARING SYSTEM PROVIDES: FIRE RESISTANCE--TWO-HOURS with two layers of %" Bestwall Firestop. SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS--42 Decibels (Tested before 1957), 37 Deci bels (Tested 1958). WHAT THE 5" SEMI-SOLID NON-LOAD BEARING SYSTEM PROVIDES: FIRE RESISTANCE--THREE-HOURS with two layers of %" Bestwall Firestop. SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS--47 Decibels (Tested before 1957), 40 Deci bels (lested 1958) with 1" low density fiber board in air space. Both Systems Provide: STRENGTH--Will withstand abuse as determined by ASTM E-72-55 Impact Test. STRAIGHT WALL SURFACES--Lamination creates smooth monolithic walls. WHAT THE 4" AND 5" SEMI-SOLID NON-LOAD BEARING SYSTEMS ARE! These Semi-Solid Gypsum Partition Systems are non-load bearing constructions erected by lami nating two layers of %" Bestwall Firestop Gypsum Wallboard to 1" x 6" gypsum ribs. Recom mended for commercial and multi-story dwelling work in both new construction and remodeling-- wherever the best in fire-rated, non-load bearing partitions is required. Reference: Bestwall Hummer Systems Brochure #BW-62390 12c Be 4" OR 5" HORIZONTAL SECTION--4" THICK WALL I TE r'i 13 HORIZONTAL SECTION --5" THICK WALL i-PEP SGP 0028510 Hr 21,4" PARTITIONS--CORNER AND JUNCTURE DETAILS 13 Semi-Solid GYPSUM STUD Partition ONE- and TWO-HOUR FIRE RATED WHAT THE GYPSUM STUD PARTITION SYSTEM PROVIDES: FIRE RESISTANCE--Estimated ONE-HOUR with %" Bestwail Firestop each side. Estimated TWO-HOUR rating with 2 layers of %" Bestwail Firestop each side. SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS--%" gypsum wallboard applied over l/2" Bestwail Sound Deadening Board each side of gvpsum studs carries an STC of 51. STRENGTH--Proven in ASTM E-72-55 Impact Test to be the most rigid of many gypsum non-load bearing partition systems. ECONOMICAL--Needs fewer screws than other partition systems. Requires no expensive lumber or metal, goes up fast. ADAPTABILITY--Conducive to installation of electrical facilities. EASY THREE-STEP ERECTION--(1) Place metal runners top and bottom, (2) Place gypsum studs 24" o.c. (3) Apply wallboard faces on each side. WHAT THE GYPSUM STUD SYSTEM IS! The Bestwail Hummer Gypsum Stud Partition System is the most advanced gypsum drywall parti tion system. It consists of 2y2" thick by 3" wide solid gypsum studs, V2" or gypsum face boards, and metal or wood floor and ceiling runners. The gypsum stud is a four-layer laminate of 3" wide strips of %" gypsum board. The face panels are Bestwail Regular or Fire-Rated Gypsum Wallboard. This Gypsum Stud Partition is an incom bustible, non-load bearing partition system recommended especially for residential, multi-story dwelling, and commercial construction. It goes up like a metal stud partition. T SOUP LAMINATED Partitions TWO-HOUR FIRE RATED WHAT THE 2" SOLID SYSTEM PROVIDES: FIRE RESISTANCE--TWO-HOUR with Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard. STRENGTH--Will withstand abuse as determined by ASTM E-72-55 Impact Test. STRAIGHT WALL SURFACES--Lamination creates smooth monolithic walls. EXTRA USABLE FLOOR SPACE--20 sq. ft more floor space compared with 2" x 4" stud wall construction for every 100 1 in. feet of partition. ECONOMICAL--Low material and construction costs. . SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS--36 Decibels (Tested 1958). WHAT THE 2" SOLID SYSTEM IS! This laminated non-load bearing Solid Gypsum Partition System consists of 1" homogeneous core board with face layers of Yi" Bestwail Gypsum Wallboard. Reference: Bestwall Hummer Systems Brochure #BW-62395 12c Be SGP 0028512 1% 2" SOLID LAMINATED PARTITION FLOOR DETAIL 15 DOUBLE SOLID Laminated Partitions TWO-HOUR FIRE RATED WHAT THE DOUBLE SOLID SYSTEM PROVIDES: FIRE RESISTANCE--TWO-HOUR (H/2" gypsum each side of 3" air space). STRENGTH--Proven in ASTM E-72-55 impact test to have greater resistance to abuse than a standard frame or thin solid wall. STRAIGHT WALL SURFACES--Creates smooth monolithic walls. 3" CENTER AIR SPACE--Space for piping--conduit--fixture framing--for additional sound transmission loss. SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS--47 Decibels (Tested 1961). WHAT THE DOUBLE SOLID SYSTEM IS! This non-load bearing Double Solid Gypsum Partition System is erected by laminating V2" Bestwall Wallboard to 1" tongue and groove core board each side of an air space. It is recommended for corridor and party walls in high rise construction where good sound transmission resistance and fire resistance are needed. Reference: Bestwall Hummer Systems Brochure #BW-62400 WALL SECTION SYSTEMz ENGSHEER!HG 12c Be SOUND DEADENING SYSTEM ONE-HOUR FIRE RATED WHAT THE SOUND DEADENING SYSTEM PROVIDES: SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS--Excellent sound isolation properties, up to 50 STC in various assemblies. FIRE RESISTANCE--ONE HOUR fire rating with 1 layer of %" Firestop. LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION--Fewer nails and laminated construction prac tically eliminates nail popping and joint beads. ECONOMICAL--Easy to install, fast erection. WHAT THE SOUND DEADENING SYSTEM IS! The Bestwall Sound Deadening System is a low cost system designed for use in wall and floor and ceiling systems where a reduction in the passage of sound from room to room is desired. Specially manufactured, Bestwall Sound Deadening Board is ideal for residential or apartment type construction. In addition to this system's excellent sound control prop erties, it can be used in combination with 5/s" Firestop to provide an exclusive One-Hour Fire Rating as proven by the Ohio State Testing Laboratory in Test Number T-3006. In this test, W x 4' x 8' Bestwall Sound Deadening Board was applied vertically to each side of 2" x 4" wood studs spaced 16" o.c. top and bottom with joints staggered on opposite sides by nailing with 5d coated nails spaced 24" o.c. at joints, edges and intermediate framing. %" Bestwall Firestop was then applied vertically over the Sound Deadening Board with joints staggered on opposite sides and was nailed 12" o.c. around the perimeter with one nail per stud in the field of the board. Bestwall Firestop was laminated to the Sound Deadening Board, using Bestwall Laminating Compound applied in 6" wide strips around the perimeter and vertical centerline of each full Bestwall Firestop sheet and the wallboard joints were taped and finished. This assembly developed an STC of 46, as well as resulting in the exclusive OneHour Fire Rating. '^ __ _____Mm'i CORNER DETAIL __ WALL SECTION 17 METAL STUD PARTITIONS What Metal Stud Framing Provides: Simple and fast erection Variety of sound and fire ratings available 1 Hour Fire Rating with %" Firestop on each side of 1%", 21/2/'. or 3%" metal stud--STC of 42 (3 % " stud) lVz Hour estimated fire rating with %" Bestwall Firestop two layers one side, one layer other side--STC of 43 (3%" stud) 2 Hour Fire Rating with two layers of %" Bestwall Firestop each side--STC of 47 (3%" stud) 2 Hour Fire Rating with same as above with 11/2" blanket in cavity--STC of 52 (3%" stud) All incombustible components What Metal Stud Framing Is! Metal Stud framed partitions are non-load bearing constructions consisting of metal studs inserted into floor and ceiling tracks with Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard (or Firestop) attached to studs with drywall screws. These partitions are recommended for institutional, commercial and multi-story dwellings work in new and remodeled construction when low cost incombustible partitions with good fire and sound ratings are required. Reference: Bestwall Metal Stud Partitions #BW-62120 CEILING SYSTEMS lla See Bestwall Gypsum Sweet's catalog Number --for: a--Bestwall Gypsum Incombustible Acoustical Tile b--Bestwall Gypsum Incombustible Ceiling Tile c--Bestwall Gypsum Incombustible `'Firestop-120" Ceiling Tile (Two-hour rated ceiling assembly) METAL ACCESSORIES Pre-Decorated (Aluminum sections in matching finish for Eternawall available for wallboard). V2". %" thick DIVIDER INSIDE CORNER METAL TRIM METAL CORNER 18 OUTSIDE CORNER SGP 0028515 12c BESTWALL GYPSUM WALLBOARD PRODUCTS Be Bestwall Joint System Products are designed to conceal joints and nail heads. All have easy working character istics and very low shrinkage. Used in recommended joint treatments, they literally surface weld Bestwall Gyp sum Wallboard panels together, providing smooth, unin terrupted walls with joints as strong as wallboard itself. Instructions are included on each container. Bestwall Joint System Compound--A plasticized com pound used for both bedding and topping Bestwall Tape and for spotting nail heads. Sanding may be eliminated by careful application. Ready Mix Joint Compound--A prepared wet mix product which is used for taping and finishing joints, cornerbead, and nailheads. 1-Day Wallboard Joint Compound--A setting type mate rial that is formulated to harden in 2V2 to 3 hours. It is designed for taping and all coats preceding the final coat on joints, cornerbead, and nailheads. Bestwall Bedding Compound--Designed to provide maxi mum adhesion of tape to the joints. It spreads smoothly. Bestwall Topping Compound--Used for finishing taped joints and spotting nail heads. Sanding is unnecessary. Long working and low shrinkage. Bestwall Tape--Includes skived edges and center crease, this tape is roughened for excellent bonding quali ties. It achieves good porosity and rapid drying of joint adhesive. Stabilized against varying humidity conditions, it reduces uneven expansion and edge wrinkling. . Scope--All walls and ceiling surfaces are included. Furn ish all labor and material necessary to reinforce and con ceal joints between gypsum wallboards and cover nail heads in a first-class workmanship manner. Materials--1. One-Material Treatment--Bestwall Joint System Compound or Bestwall Ready Mix Joint Compound. Both used for bedding and for spotting nail heads. 2. Two-Material Treatment--Bestwall Bedding Compound or Bestwall 1-Day Wallboard Joint Compound and Bestwall Topping Compound. Specially designed for use on large projects. Reinforcing Tape--Bestwall Tape. Joint Work--Apply Bestwall Joint System Compound, Ready Mix Joint Compound or Bestwall Bedding Com pound to taper edge joints, end joints and nail heads. Shear off surplus leaving no material on high edges. Al low 12 hours drying before taping, leaving uniform depth of taper for uniform shrinkage of joint finishes over and under tapes. Apply Joint System Compound, Ready Mix Joint Com pound, 1-Day Wallboard Joint Compound or Bedding Compound, and embed tape leaving uniform thickness of material under tape. If Bestwall center taper Gypsum Wallboard is used on ceilings embed tape in center taper. When Joint System Compound, Bedding Compound or Ready Mix Joint Compound has dried completely, cover taped joint with Joint System Compound, Ready Mix or Topping Compound. (When 1-Day Wallboard Joint Com pound is used, the taped joint can be covered as soon as initial coat is set and before it is dry.) Shear off surplus leaving uniform coverage over tape with edges well feathered. When preceding coats are completely dry (where 1-Day is used it is only necessary for it to be hardened, not completely dry) cover joints second time with Joint Sys tem Compound, Ready Mix Joint Compound, or Topping Compound. Shear off surplus leaving smooth, well feath ered joint. For best results and more uniform suction, apply skim coat of Joint System Compound, Ready Mix Joint Com pound or Topping Compound over entire surface shear ing off excess material tightly. (See Joint Treatment Prod uct Sheet BW-62360.) Decorating--Gypsum Wallboard properly prepared can be decorated with any treatment ordinarily used for walls or ceilings. Surface shall be sealed with vinyl or pigmented varnish primer before decoration, including texture. Where skim coat has been used, a one coat paint appli cation may be satisfactory. Laminating Compound--Bestwall Laminating Compound is a casein base dry powder product requiring addition of water only. Add 25 lbs. of Laminating Compound to 4V2 to 5 gal. of water. Consistency of the mixed materials should be such that when spread over gypsum board with a 12" serrated sheet metal blade having notches y" wide, Vu" high, o.c., it will not self-level. Ribbons of glue may be applied with serrated knife or mechanical glue spreader. Coverage is approximately 30 lbs. per one thousand sq. ft. glue line. (See Laminating Com pound Product Sheet BW-62355.) Bestwall Grabit--Grabit is an adhesive developed by Bestwall, which permits direct attachment of Gypsum Wallboard to interior masonry walls. It may be used on poured concrete, or block walls which are reasonably straight and true and are free from surface decoration or protrusions. The adhesive fills in all normal irregular ities in the masonry. In 3 to 4 hours Grabit sets hard, and joint taping and finish operations may then be started. SGP 0028516 19 SGP 0028518 Gypsum wallboard is a sheet or slab material having a noncombustible core, essen tially gypsum, and surfaced with paper or other sheet materials. It is available with predecorated finishes, with a surface suitable for decoration, or with a surface specially designed for use as a base in multi-layer construction. Function and Utility................................................................................................... 3 Types of Gypsum Wallboard...................................................................................... 4 Concealment of Joints and Metal Trim................................................................... 5 Methods of Attachment........................................................................................ 6, 7 Single and Two-Ply Applications.............................................................................. 8 Noncombustible Framing........................................................................................... 9 Solid and Hollow Partitions................................................................... 10, 11, 12, 13 Wallboard Systems and Installations.................................................... 14, 15, 16, 17 Fire Resistance Ratings............................................................................................ 18 Design Data............................................................................................................... 19 Sound Transmission Loss............................................................................ Back Cover 2 SGP 0028519 rr\( -Tu >n AN 3 > * I'll .11 ^ NONCOMBUSTIBLE Gypsum wallboard resists fire because its core is essentially gypsum --a mineral which will not burn. It is classed as noncombustible by building and fire insurance authorities throughout the country. Gypsum wallboard qualifies for 0-15 flame spread rating. PRECISION MADE Gypsum wallboard panels are made to close dimensional tolerances. Uniform appearance, quality and performance are characteristic. ENGINEERED JOINT CONCEALMENT The high degree of dimensional stability of gypsum wallboard makes possible the permanent concealment of joints. For this treatment, the long edges of gypsum wallboard are tapered. Thus the two edges of adjacent boards form a shallow channel to receive a reinforcing tape and joint compound to make possible a smooth, seamless surface. CRACK RESISTANT--LONG LIFE Temperature and humidity changes have little or no effect on the panels or the joint concealment. Except where subjected to unusual structural movements, gypsum wallboard systems are designed to provide excellent surface integrity to last the lifetime of the building. LOW MOISTURE CONTENT Gypsum wallboard is dried in the manufacturing process. It intro duces a minimum of moisture into the building. DECORATION Gypsum wallboard is designed to receive any decoration--paint, texture, wallpaper or fabric, and permits early decorating, thus reducing construction time. SPEED AND ECONOMY The large gypsum panels are readily cut to fit and go up fast. Depending upon conditions, between 500 and 800 square feet of completed wall surface per man day may be expected. Low material costs contribute to the economy of the wall. LIMITATIONS OF USE 1. Mot recommended for use where extreme or frequent exposure to water is expected, unless adequately protected. 2. Mot recommended as a base to receive plaster, or where exces sive abrasion or impact is expected. 3. The }-4-inch thick gypsum wallboard should be used only over solid surfaces. 4. The :t.,-inch thick gypsum wallboard in single-ply application is not recommended for new construction on framing members spaced more than 1o.e. 5. The `-.-inch and 3^-inch thick gypsum wallboard should not be used on framing members spaced more than 24" o.c. V- 4* ^ TYPE ' 1 Regular THICKNESS /" Vi Vi Vi' |;"EDGESr ; Tapered Square Tapered Bevel Type"X" ' Square | 5/" Tapered /8 | Bevel lip Insulating (Aluminum Foil on Back Surface) Square Vi T & G Vi' 1 Tapered Vi' 1 Round ! Backing Board 3/" Round /a j Square ' Square Vi T & G Vi j Round MW ir Type"X" Backing Board Coreboard (Laminated Partitions) . Round Vi | T & G %" Square 1 Square 1 ; t&g ijjpjgl! Predecorated i Vi | Vi i Vi 1 ! Bevel Round i Square ' Bevel Square OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD With the joints and fastener depressions properly treated, interior walls may be decorated in any of the popular variety of finishes--such as texture or stipple, smooth finish, flat or flat gloss paint or wallpaper. PAINTING Good grades of interior paint are recommended over wallboard. To obtain uniformity of color and texture 4 the entire surface should be primed and sealed as required to receive subsequent finish. PAPERING A coat of latex base paint, a good wall primer or a coat of varnish size should be used to completely seal the surface before applying wallpaper. This will permit the later removal of the wallpaper without damage to the wallboard surface. SGP 0028521 OF JOINTS A bedding coni of joim compound should be spread into the channel depression formed by the tapered edges of the- board and over all butt joints, using a 4" or 5" steel joint finishing knife or suitable tools especially designed for joint treatment. Center the reinforcing tape over the joint and smooth to avoid wrinkling or buckling. Press tape into compound by drawing knife along the joint and over the tape with enough pres sure to remove any excess compound. After the embedding coat is completely dry, a second coat is applied with the edges feathered out slightly beyond the edges of the first coat. After the second coat is completely dry, a third coat is applied with the edges feathered out an inch or two beyond the second coat. When dry, sand lightly if needed. Joints may be treated in similar manner by machine application of tape and joint compound. After making sure that all fastener heads are properly dimpled, they should be concealed with three coats of joint compound, allowing ample drying time between coats. In lieu of a third coat, joint compound may be applied over the entire wall and ceiling surface, then sheared off or smoothed to a tight application. Exterior Corners: Exterior corners should be reinforced with an all metal corner bead fastened to the framing th'uugh the gypsum wallboard. or with a metal reinforcing corner bead vith paper flanges. Both should be concealed with joint compound as described above. Interior Corners: Where reinforcing tape is used, a bedding coat of joint compound should be applied to both sides of the interior angle. The tape is folded along the center crease to form a right angle and then embedded in the interior corner. Excess compound is removed and the surfaces are subsequently finished as described for treatment of joints. WALLBOARD METAL TRIM a. Metal trim for window' and door openings. b. Metal channel trim for edge protection around openings or as a molding. c. All-metal corner bead for exterior angles. 5 SGP 0028522 n - ;j , NAILS To Wood: Nails for single-ply attachment of gypsum wallboard shall be as required herein and shall comply with the "Recommended Performance Standards for Nails'' as published by the Gypsum Association ('see nail chart page 19). All wallboard must be drawn tightly against the framing so there can be no movement of board on the nail shank. In the area adjacent to the point of nail ing, the board must be held firmly against the framing when the nail is driven home. All nails shall be driven so that the nailhead rests in a slight dimple formed by the crowned head of the driving tool without break ing the paper. Double Nailing: The double nailing method of attachment provides the maximum insurance for firm contact with framing, thereby minimizing the inci dence of board movement on the nail shank. The wallboard is applied as required for conven tional nailing, except that nails in field of board are spaced 12" o.c. After the panel is secured, another nail, spaced approximately 2" from the first, is driven and dimpled. If necessary, the first nail should receive another blow to assure snug contact of board with framing. To Metal: Special nails are used for attaching wall- board to metal nailing members. The nails and their spacing shall be as recommended by the manufac turer of the gypsum wallboard. STAPLES Power driven wire staples may be used to secure: 1. The first ply of the two-ply system. 2. Backing board as a base for acoustical tiles, etc. To Wood: Staple wire shall be U.S.S. 16 gauge, flattened and galvanized. The staple crown shall be flat and V' long, outside measure. Staple legs shall have divergent points and provide a minimum pene tration of 54,"- Spacing of staples shall be not more than 7" o.c. for ceilings nor 8" o.c. for walls and at least 3from edges of the board. Staples shall be driven with the crown at right angles to the long dimension of the wallboard, except at the edges when the staple crown shall parallel the edges. They shall be driven so that the crowns bear tightly against the wallboard without cutting the paper surfacing. To Metal: Staples used for attaching gypsum wallboard to metal framing members and the staple spacing shall be as recommended by the gypsum wallboard manufacturer. This system of application provides for the adhesive application of wallboard to wood framing with sup plemental nailing. In addition to those qualities provided by conven tional nailing, the adhesive nail-on method: Reduces nailing approximately 50',, reduces the incidence of loose boards and reduces nailhead concealment. Because it provides a continuous area of con tact between framing and the wallboard, stur dier walls and more resistance to impact sound are to be expected. A continuous bead of adhesive shall be applied to the center of the face of all studs, joists, furring, etc. Where two adjacent pieces of wallboard join (ends or edges; on a framing member, a serpentine or zig zag bead of adhesive shall be applied to provide proper bond. The size of the adhesive bead shall be approximately by J-g" to cover at least 80,;-( of the framing member with thickness after the wall- board is in place. For predecorated wallboard, parallel beads of adhesive shall be applied along each edge of the face of the framing member where wallboard joints occur. Nails should be spaced no farther than 16" o.c. on ceilings and 24" o.c. on sidewalls. Field nailing and edge nailing may be omitted on sidewalls if appro priate means (such as bracing or temporary nailing) are used to insure full contact of the wallboard until the adhesive develops required bond strength. Rigid securement of wallboard to framing may be omitted in interior corners, where movement of fram ing members is critical, to provide relief from the resulting stresses. Thus, the wallboard "floats" in the angles regardless of how the wallboard is fastened to framing. In horizontal angles, the corner fastener is omitted in both the ceiling and sidewall. The nearest fastener to the angle then is approximately 7" along the ceiling and 8" along the wall. For interior vertical angles, the corner fasteners of the board whose edge abuts the framing of the opposing wall are omitted. The edges of the overlapping wallboard panel are secured in the usual manner, thus providing a semi-lloating angle. TO WOOD OR METAL FRAMING GENERAL Single-ply application involves the use of ?s", W' or Vs" gypsum wallboard applied directly to wood or metal framing by any of the attachment methods described herein. The wallboard is first applied to ceilings and then to sidewalls. Long boards are used to reduce the incidence of butt joints, preferably those that span from wall to wall. The joints may be con cealed with reinforcing tape and joint compound Isee page 5) or accented as desired. HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL APPLICATION Gypsum wallboard may be applied by the horizontal method with the long edges of board perpendicular to framing members or by the vertical method with long edges of board parallel to framing. For recom mended framing spacing, refer to Table on page 19. The horizontal method offers the following advan tages: the strongest dimension of the wallboard runs across the framing members. it minimizes footage of joint treatment. the joints are mere accessible for treatment. APPLICATION TO WOOD OR METAL Two-ply construction offers more strength, fire resist ance and sound insulation and virtually eliminates popping and beading. Two-ply construction consists of two plies of gypsum wallboard, the base layer of which should be not less than / thick, with a total thickness of not less than :l i". The two plies should be laminated with the com pound used for tape embedment in concealment of joints or other adhesives as recommended by the gypsum wallboard manufacturer. The first ply may be gypsum backing board or gypsum wallboard and is nailed or stapled as recom mended on page 6. The- wallboards are arranged so that the joints of the second ply will be staggered with respect to those of the first ply. The second ply is laminated to the first, using sup plementary support or temporary nailing to maintain its position until adequate bond has developed. When joint compound is used, it should be applied to the entire back surface of the second ply with a notched trotvel to provide V' x W" ribbons 2" o.c. For other types of adhesives, follow wallboard manufacturers' recommendations. In lieu of temporary nailing, permanent nails in the second ply may be used if they provide a minimum penetration of in the framing and their heads are dimpled and concealed with joint compound. When the two-ply wallboard system is used to provide fire resistive partitions, nail sizes and spacing must be comparable to those in the tested assembly. For maxi mum spacing of framing members see table on page 1!). i `N 'N Because gypsum wallboard is noncombustible, it may be used to provide fire resistance ratings of up to and including two hours when secured to metal framing members. METAL STUDS There are two basic types of metal studs designed to receive gypsum wallboard: 1. Those that provide a means of engaging the deformations of a ringed shank nail. Nails must be as recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum wallboard and spaced and dimpled as required for wood stud application. 2. Those that provide friction resistance to with drawal of nails. In general, nails are driven between parallel sheets of metal, usually deformed by con volutions to provide greater holding power. Nails must be as recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum wallboard and spaced and dimpled as required for wood stud application. METAL RUNNERS Metal runners for application of wallboard to ceilings or sidewalls are available for nail attachment. They are secured to primary framing or to masonry and spaced not more than 24" o.c. 9 SGP 0028526 GYPSUM WALLBOARD PARTITIONS DESCRIPTION Gypsum wallboard solid partitions are thin, nonload bearing partitions consisting of gypsum wallboard face panels laminated to a solid gypsum wallboard core. The partitions are secured to floor and ceiling runners. The recommended minimum thickness is '2 inches, consisting of a 1 inch thick wallboard core isolid or laminated) faced on both sides with 1 , inch gypsum wallboard face panels. FUNCTION AND UTILITY Strong: Solid gypsum wallboard partitions have satis factorily withstood the repeated impact of a 60 lb. sandbag applied in accordance with ASTM E72. Soncomhustibk: Since gypsum wallboard is noncom bustible, 2" solid wallboard partitions qualify for noncombustible construction when metal floor and ceiling runners are used. Low Flame Spread Rating: The iiame spread rating of gypsum wallboard as tested in accordance with ASTM E84 is 0-15. Space Saving: 2" solid gypsum wallboard partitions save more than two square feet of usable floor space for each ten lineal feet as compared with conventional wood stud partitions. Economical: With floor area free of framing, ceilings may be erected without interruption and the full size partition panels are erected fast. Permanent nailing in field is eliminated. Limitations of i'se: For use as nonload-bearing parti tions only. Where stiffness is a governing design factor, the following limitations are recommended: 12' partition height --12' maximum length 11' partition height --18' maximum length 10' partition height --over 18' length For partitions greater than 12' in height, consult gypsum wallboard manufacturers for independent test data on assembly particulars and materials. DESIGN DATA Weight: 2" solid gypsum wallboard partitions weigh approximately 8.5 lbs. per square foot. Sound Transmission: Solid gypsum wallboard parti tions have an average sound transmission loss rating of 86-88 db. Fire Resistance: 2" solid gypsum wallboard partitions have been assigned two hour fire resistance ratings as tested in accordance with ASTM E119. MATERIALS All gypsum wallboard shall comply with the require ments of ASTM C86. Face Panels: '>s'' or multiple laminations of regu lar or type "X" gypsum wallboard of 4' widths. Core: 1" thick gypsum coreboard either single or mul tiple layers of 2' or 4' widths. Runners: 20 to 26 gauge metal or construction-grade wood. Laminating Adhesive: Gypsum wallboard joint com pound for tape embedment, complying with ASTM 0475, or as recommended by wallboard manufacturer. ERECTION SPECIFICATIONS All work shall be performed in a workmanlike manner and, unless otherwise required herein, in strict accord ance with ASA A97.1. For partitions located parallel to and between ceiling members, headers not more than 24" o.c. must be provided to fasten ceiling runners prior to erection of ceiling. Floor and ceiling runners shall be installed according to partition layout and secured not more than 24" o.c. or as recommended by gypsum*" wallboard manufac turer. Install vertical runners if required at such locations as exterior walls, exterior corners and door frames. All openings for door and electrical boxes shall be cut prior to erection of face panels. Door openings shall be cut during the erection of face panels or such openings may be cut after erection has been completed. When joint compound is used as the laminating adhesive, it shall be applied to the back surface of the face panels as required for two-ply wallboard con struction. iSee page S.) For other types of adhesives, the directions of the wallboard manufacturer should be followed. The face panels shall be laminated to the core with sufficient pressure to insure good bond. Joints of face panels and core shall be staggered. To insure intimate and continuous bond between face panels and core, temporary nailing may be used at vertical third points at joints and center of boards. Drive 8d form nails downward at approximately 45' into core on both sides of partition. Face of wallboard may be protected with blocks of wallboard approx imately 8 "square. Remove form nails after laminating SGP 0028527 SGP 0028528 compound is thoroughly dry and prior to conventional treating of joints. Preparation tor decoration shall he in accordance with ASA A97.1. ELECTRICAL LEADS AND DROPS Electrical drops for switches and outlets shall be in stalled after floor and ceiling runners are in place and prior to erection of partitions. As erection of partition progresses, core should be cut to accommodate con duit or cable and outlet and switch openings shall be neatly cut in face panels. Drops shall be pulled through openings and electrical work finished by electrician after completion of partition. GYPSUM WALLBOARD PARTITIONS DESCRIPTION Gypsum wallboard hollow partitions are thin, nonload bearing partitions. They consist of gypsum wallboard face panels laminated to gypsum ribs and secured to floor and ceiling runners. Two combinations are recommended: 1" thick gypsum ribs laminated to 'yf thick face panels for a minimum partition thickness of 2M"ljs" thick gypsum ribs laminated to J4" thick face panels for a minimum partition thickness of 2'V. FUNCTION AND UTILITY Space Sariii!/: The 2 hi" partitions save approximately two square feet of usable floor space for each ten lineal feet as compared with conventional wood stud partitions. Economical: Large wallboard panels are erected fast. With the entire floor area free of framing, time for handling and erection is greatly reduced. Reduces nailhead treatment. Strong: Comparable to conventional walls of 2" x 3" studs at 16" o.c. with W wallboard on both sides since laminated construction makes use of strength of wallboard face panels which nailed connections alone cannot develop. Noncomhuclible: Since gypsum wallboard is noncom bustible, gypsum wallboard hollow partitions qualify for noncomb us lible construction when metal floor and ceiling runners are used. Low Flame Spread, Rating: The flame spread rating of gypsum wallboard as tested in accordance with ASTM ES4 is 0-15 (Class I). 12 l,imitation* of l'sc: For use as nonload-bearing parti tions only, with a height limit of 12' for 21 ," hollow partitions and 14' for 2^s" hollow partitions. DESIGN DATA Structural: Recent tests to evaluate the relative rigidity of gypsum wallboard hollow partitions and wood stud partitions show the following: Partition Thickness Racking Strength Ultimate (lbs.) Rate (lbs./ in.) Load Deflection El Factor (Ib./sq. in., ft. of width) (Relative Stiffness) Partition yl Partition 2 Partition 3 Partition ?4 2V 3W 2- " 2V 5700 7300 5600 9500 29000 39000 22000 12000 3.76 x 106 7.36 x 106 5.27 x 106 7.42 x 106 Partition 1--4" x 2" studs at 16" o.c. with YY wallboard both sides. Partition =2--2" x 3" studs at 16" o.c. with Yi' wallboard both sides. Partition =3--Hollow wallboard partition with 1" thick gypsum ribs at" 24" o.c. and face panels. Partition =*4--Hollow wallboard partition with iy thick gypsum ribs at 24" o.c. and J-2V face panels. Sound Transmission Loss: Rating for hollow wallboard partitions averages 34-35 db. Weight: Hollow partitions weigh approximately 6}4 pounds per square foot. Fire Resistance: 2 YY gypsum wallboard hollow parti tions with type "X" face panels have been assigned one hour fire resistance ratings as tested in accordance with ASTM E119. SGP 0028529 MATERIALS All gypsum wallboard shall comply with the require ments of ASTM C36. Face Panels: U", :y{ or multiple thicknesses of regular or type `'X" gypsum wallboard of 4' widths. Gyiisvrn Ribs: 1" thick gypsum coreboard, or multiple layers of !<>'', or 1' thicknesses laminated to the required core thickness, in 6" or 8" widths and lengths of approximately 6" h-ss than ceiling height. Run ners: Construction-grade lumber of thickness equal to partition core or 20 to 26 gauge metal runners. Laminating Compound: Gypsum wallboard join t com pound for tape embedment, complying with \STM C4T5, or as otherwise recommended by wallboard manufacturer. ERECTION All work shall be performed in a workmanlike manner and, unless otherwise required herein, in strict accord ance with ASA A9T.1. Provide nailing blocks not over 24" o.c. to secure ceiling runners for partitions located parallel to and between joists or trusses before erecting ceiling. Floor runners are to be secured to the floor con struction according to partition layout. Securely anchor runners to floor not more than 24" o.c. Erect ceiling runners in a like manner, directly and accu rately above the floor runners. Erect vertical runners at required locations such as exterior walls, external corners and door bucks. Wallboard face panels are separated and bonded together by laminating gypsum ribs at the center of each face panel and at each vertical joint. Thus, fi" or 8" wide gypsum ribs are laminated between face panels not more than 24" o.c. Rifs may be laminated to face panel., prior to emotion or as erection of partition proceeds. Erect a .start,-r face panel wrucally at an i-xierior wall. The starter panel must be plumb ami secured to Moor, ceiling and "ertical runners. Erect next face panel adjacent to starter panel, butting its edge and end firmly to starter panel and ei-iling. Continue erection of lace panels, laminating 'xpnseil laces of ribs as work progresses. < tpeiiings in partitions, for doors, electrical outlets, etc., shall he car-fully and accurately marked and cut. Laminating compound should be of a consistency ami volume thill will cover approximately ihreefourths of the rib surface a'ter lamination. It should be applied to wood door bucks and headers as required for ribs. To insure intimate and continuous bond between face panels and ribs, they may be drawn up tight and true by temporary nailing at the vertical third points. Drive 8d form nails downward at about 45' through face panel into all ribs. Pace of panels may be pro tected from nailheads by face blocks of wallboard approximately' 3" square. Remove form nails after laminating compound is thoroughly dry and prior to conventional treating of joints. Preparation for deco ration shall be in accordance with ASA A97.1. ADDITIONAL RIBS To further reinforce openings or changes in direction of partition, additional ribs may be laminated in place at the following locations: External Corners: Between the face panels in the corner opposite the vertical runners. Abutting Walls: Between the face panels of a par tition to reinforce junction of an abutting wail. Door Openings: A vertical rib should be located within 3" of door frame for reinforcement, and a rib should be placed horizontally over the door head when door bucks are continuous from floor runner to door head. Fasteners: Erect ribs whenever additional rein forcement is required, such as at clothes pole hangers, closet shelves, etc. ELECTRICAL LEADS AND DROPS Electrical drops for switches and outlets shall be installed after floor and ceiling runners are in place and prior to erection of partitions. As erection of partition progresses, outlet and switch openings shall be neatly cut in face panels. Drops shall be pulled through openings and electrical work finished by elec trician after completion of partition. 13 SGP 0028530 GYPSUM WALLBOARD IN ] iATI I- i i A V j-; i; A UK. VS FIXTURE PLACEMENT The tub, shower receptor or pan should be positioned with respect to studs so that its lip is flush with the outside face of the wallboard. Furring out the studs behind the fixture is sometimes necessary. Provide blocking as required for other fixtures. WALLBOARD INSTALLATION Use full size sheets of wallboard to eliminate butt joints. The wallboard should be applied horizontally with the paperbound edge down over the tub, receptor or pan. A 1 i inch minimum clearance between the paperbound edge of the wallboard and the tub, receptor or pan must be allowed to prevent capillary migration of water. A J4 inch thick temporary wood spacer or nails driven U inch above the fixture may be used to assure this space above the lip of the tub, receptor or pan. All fasteners and joints should be treated with a minimum of two coats of joint compound. Use full sheets of wallboard to eliminate butt joints. Allow inch space between wallboard and the lip of the fixture. Treat all fastener heads and joints. WATERPROOFING OF WALLBOARD This may be accomplished by two methods: 1. With the fiat edge of a trowel, apply a full *. jJi-inch skim coat of a good grade of tile adhesive to the entire surface to receive tile. Apply to bottom edge of wallboard and fill the cut-out spaces around pipes, etc. Allow to stand well beyond the normal "take-up" time, preferably 24 hours. Then apply the bedding coat of adhesive to receive the tile. The ceramic tile adhesive must comply wdth the requirements of Commercial Standard 181-52. See list approved by the Tile Contractors Association of America. 2. A waterproof sealer may be used in lieu of the skim coat of tile adhesive. A water-resistive rubber base sealer, exterior grade spar varnish, acrylic latex, or chlorinated rubber paint, compatible with the adhesive to be used for bedding the tile, are ac ceptable sealers. All openings or cuts in the wallboard should also be so treated. 14 SGP 0028531 GYPSUM WALLBOARD ON i X JT.KI* li ! 'M All! )>> MATERIALS AND APPLICATION Gypsum wallboard (Yi or inches thick) may be used for carport and open porch ceilings and the soffits of eaves that are horizontal or incline downward away from the building. Materials and application shall be in strict conform ance with the requirements of American Standards Association Specifications for Gypsum Wallboard In terior Finishes A97.1, except as modified below: Suitable drips and moldings shall be provided around the perimeter to protect from direct ex posure to water. The edges of the board shall be placed not less than l/i inch from masonry. The wallboard should be applied horizontally on nailing members spaced not to exceed 24" o.c. Joints may be covered with battens or finished with joint treatment. Nailheads shall receive joint treat ment. VENTILATION Adequate ventilation shall be provided for the space immediately above such installations. The minimum acceptable ventilation shall be as required in the current Minimum Property Standards of the Federal Housing Administration. PAINTING The exposed surface of the board shall be painted with not less than two coats of exterior paint. CiYPSt.'.M ASSOCIATION IS SGP 0028532 ELECTRIC HEATING SYSTEM Gypsum wallboard ceilings may be used for embed ment of electric radiant beating cables providing that under no operating conditions shall the gypsum wallboard core exceed a temperature of 1255F. Except as herein indicated, the requirements for two-ply wallboard application see page 8) shall be observed. APPLICATION: 1. Electric heating cables shall be securely attached to the base layer of gypsum wallboard in accordance with cable manufacturer's recommendations--with cables parallel to and between framing members. Cables shall be positioned at least \y from center of framing member so that at least 2}// of nailing space is unobstructed by cables. Cables shall cross nailing members only at ends of ceiling 4" to 6" from wall. There shall be a space of at least 4" completely around the perimeter of each ceiling that is clear of cables. Cables shall be kept clear of all openings by at least 8". 2. All inspections and testing of electric heating cables shall be completed before application of face layer of gypsum wallboard. Complete embedment, of the heating cables is neces sary. The area between 'nearing elements shall be filled and leveled with a filer to provide continuous contact between the face layer and the back layer of gypsum wallboanl. Where the tiller serves as an adhesive to hold the face layer, nail spacing may be 7" o.c. for the first layer and 16" o.c. for the face layer. Where the filler does not serve as an adhesive, nails shall be spaced as required for single layer application. When required to produce a uniform thickness of the filler and to provide a firm base for nailing, furring strips of a thickness equal to that of the filler may be attached over the base layer to the ceiling joists at parallel relationship. The face layer shall be erected immediately after the filler has been spread. Nails for the second ply shall be of a length that will penetrate 7 s" into the nailing members. The last nails around the perimeter of the ceiling shall be spaced 8" to 10" awa;. from the wall to pre\ c-nt comae1, with electric cables across the framing members. All joints and nailheaas shall be finished1* as recommended on page 5. Allow a minimum of one week under good drying conditions and two weeks in the cold season for drying of the filler before turning on the heating system. "yrV HOT WATER HEATING SYSTEM Apply insulating gypsum wallboard for the first layer parallel to the joists with the aluminum foil facing downward to act as a reflector behind the heating elements. Nails shall be spaced not more than 8" o.c. They shall be driven flush with surrounding wallboard surfaces. Nail 2" x 2* furring strips 16" o.c. over the insulating gypsum wallboard and at right angles to the joists. The heating element shall be suspended from and supported by the framing members. All inspections and testing of the heating system shall be completed before application of the face layer. Under no operating conditions shall the gypsum wallboard core exceed a temperature of 125F. Apply the final or face layer in the normal manner at right angles to the furring strips. Nails shall be as recommended on page 6 and shall be spaced not more than 7" o.c. Do not use insulating or foil-backed wallboard for face layer. All joints and nailheads shall be finished according to the recommendations on page 5. Allow a minimum of one week with good drying conditions and two weeks in the cold season before turning on the heating system. DECORATING: Decoration of the finished work of either radiant heating system, including sizing or sealing, shall not proceed until the heating system has been test oper ated for a minimum of 24 hours. The system should then be turned off and construction allowed to cool before decorating the gypsum wallboard. Do not decorate the wallboard while the heating system is being tested or is in operation. It is also recommended that where texture finishes are used, such finishes be allowed to thoroughly set or dry prior to the operation of the heating system. GYPSUM ASSOCIATION llBSifc Wmm Wood Stud 'j-jfiy--i Studless i- Studiess Steel Stud ^ifeZrtfht1 Wood Stud nf 't'.'WK.&ljLtpkV*t1-,- -V.' i sk"5#4s #: Wood Stud Wood Stud Wood Stud Solid Solid Wood Stud CONSTRUCTION DETAILS REFERENCE AND TEST NO. RATING ------------------------------------------------------------ 45/a' Vt type "X" gypsum wallboard nailed both sides 2x4 wood studs 16' o.c. with 5d nails 7' o.c. U.L. R3501-10 45 min ||p 21 r /a' type "X'' gypsum wallboard face panels. 1 x6" vertical gypsum ribs, 20 ga. sheet metal channel runners 2/' %" type "X" gypsum wallboard face panels, rx6v core board ribs 24' o.c., 1 xiyB' wood runners | 4%' V/" 5/.' 4%" 5%' 2" yH' type "X" gypsum wallboard nailed both sides 3%" nailable steel studs. 6d nails 8" o.c. (load bearing) _____________________________________________________i %" type "X" gypsum wallboard nailed both sides, 6d nails 1" o.c. (load bearing) Two layers %' regular gypsum wallboard nailed both sides, 4d nails 8' o.c. first layer, 5d nails 8' o.c, second layer (load bearing) VY regular gypsum wallboard nailed both sides, 5d nails 5' o.c., mineral wool batts nailed to studs (load bearing) Two layers regular gypsum wallboard nailed both sides, 5d nails 8' o.c. first layer, 8d nails 8" o.c. second layer (load bearing) 1 1 gypsum wallboard core (solid or laminated), V%* gypsum wallboard face panels, 20 ga. sheet metal runners 2* r gypsum wallboard core (solid or laminated), \<? type "X" gypsum wallboard face panels, metal runners . 1 Two layers /a' type "X" gypsum wallboard nailed both 1 sides (load bearing) f3Z&2&&S& i Univ. of Calif. 5-13-60 Univ. of Calif. 7-24-59 Onio State Univ. T-209 U.L. Ohio State Univ. T-118 BMS92 227 & 228 (unpub.)f U.L. R3564 Ohio State Univ. T-1339 U.L. 1Hr l|| lh' j ' 1 hf' j ihi Hi 1 h iifi ixhr 1 2hr 1 2hr- m V-V- -.v# J TYPE OF [construction CONSTRUCTION DETAILS I Wood Joist i | Wood Joist 8 Q ) 5r Wood Joist i i I Steel Joist 1 Wood floor, y sub and finish T < G flooring with building paper be tween, ceiling of type "X" gypsum wallboard attached to 2x10 wood joists 16" o.c. with 5d nails 6" o.c. Wood floor, y4` sub and finish T & G flooring with building paper be tween, ceiling of one layer %' type "X" gypsum wallboard, Iff nails 6" o.c. Wood floor, y sub and finish T & G flooring with building paper be tween, ceiling of two layers V2' regular gypsum wallboard, first layer nailed 1%' nails 18' o.c., 1" 20 ga. galv. hex. mesh with 8d box nails T o.c., second layer nailed with 8d box nails 7" o.c. 2" concrete floor, one layer type "X" gypsum wallboard nailed to nailing channels, I V," barbed nails 7' o.c. mi * * \: 'W REFERENCE AND TEST NO. RATING W U.L. R2717 45 min. i U.L. _____________________ 250 (unpub.) + 1 hr. 1 hr. jSHR U.L. R1319-14 R3501-18 7 ^^ * V T/3 hr. 3H '.'riU,'; ' ,h i '-/sVV' -,Y- y '-g 1 THICKNESS ? (FROM | COLUMN FACE) [! i%" CONSTRUCTION DETAILS Two layers %" regular gypsum wallboard adhesively attached together and to column. First layer wire tied to column Three layers Vj" regular gypsum wallboard adhesively attached to gether and to column. Second layer wire tied to column. Four layers V7~ regular gypsum wallboard adhesively attached to column and to preceding layers. First layer wire tied to column. REFERENCE RATING |h| AND TEST NO. 303 (unpub.)f 304 (unpub.) * 315 (unpub.)r 1 hr. 1 '/2 hr. 2 hr. SGP 0028535 r ij*T> THICKNESS APPROX. WEIGHT flawy LBS./SQ. FT. SIZE - Cl'SiXzki:--u!?--. >r */.' Zs" '/" 'A" 5/s" V* 1.1 4' x 8' to 12' 1.5 4' x 8' to 14' 1.5 | 4' x 8' to 14' 2.0 4' x 8' to 14' 2.0 4' x 8' to 14' 2.5 4' x 8' to 14' 2.5 4' x 8' to 14' 2' X 8' to 12' LOCATION . : ! Over Existing Walls & Ceilings Ceilings Sidewalls Ceilings Sidewalls Ceilings Sidewalls * r,fr'-r APPLICATION METHOD MAX. SPACING OF FRAMING MEMBERS >t a*L <s ,5,TM.-^ Horizontal or Vertical Horizontal Horizontal or Vertical Vertical Horizontal '''JliSs: 16" ''i:;v'*'lV?NV-'i 16" `J^faili 16" 24" Horizontal or Vertical 24" Vertical Horizontal Horizontal or Vertical - 16" 24" 24" !SfSl For Laminated Partitions J v ,'->> Ifly. C -..--j k'- j-V. S aSMWmm MNai,l-s* GWB-54 Annular Ring Nails--'4" head098' Dia.--ASTM C380 1 /4* long P/B* long Nails .iinfSl-M. ill 4d-1J/- long7-32* head--14 ga. 5d--1%* long15,64" head--13X ga. 6d--1 Yt long-- '// head--13 ga. Thickness Nail 1% GWB-54 1% GWB-54 1% GWB-54 ! Spacing' ..... I Walls Ceilings- %' Backing Bd. ' 1^ GWB-54 [ 8' Vtm Backing Bd. ; 1% GWB-54 I 8' 1' penetration J 8' V V 4d Cooler 5d Cooler 6d Cooler 0Thickness ! Base Layer Ceilings Sidewalls Ceilings Application Method Maiimum J Spaongof Nailing Members v*S Horizontal 16' o.c. Horizontal or Vertical Horizontal 24" o.c. Horizontal or Vertical fcAHM 24' o.c. ` MATERIAL CONDUCTANCE "C" RESISTANCE "R" %" Gypsum Wallboard 3.10 0.32 ZZ Gypsum Wallboard /" Gypsum Wallboard 2.25 1.80 0.45 0.56 Air Spaces Vert. "Bounded by ordinary materials Hor.--Heat Flow Up Hor.--Heat Flow Down Heat Flow Hor. "One air space faced with aluminum foil: Heat Flow Up Heat Flow Down 1.03 1.18 0.80 0.38 0.54 0.18 fKffiJSt*?' "5 V*<i 0.97 0.85 1.25 2.64 1.84 5.56 *v MATERIAL Gypsum Wallboard Gypsum Backing Board Methods of Testing Definitions............................... Annular Ring (GWB-54) Nails Joint Treatment. . .. ASTM C36 ASTM C442 ASTM C473 ASTM C11 ASTM C380 ASTM C475 APPLICATION American Standard Specifications for Gypsum Wallboard Finishes ASA A97.1 V ! '\ 'i* + A IA FILE NO. 201 N. WELLS STREET CHICAGO 6, ILLINOIS 1350 NORTH HIGHLAND AVENUE HOLLYWOOD 28, CALIFORNIA SGP 0028537 A IA FILE NUMBER 23-L SGP 0028538 ASA Reg. U.S. Pat. Off. A97.1-1958 UDC 691.31 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS for GYPSUM WALLBOARD FINISHES Approved as AMERICAN STANDARD by The American Standards Association October 29, 1958 Copyright 1959 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE of ARCHITECTS and the GYPSUM ASSOCIATION SGP 0028539 PERSONNEL OF SECTIONAL COMMITTEE ON STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD FINISHES ASA Project A97 Sponsors: American Institute of Architects Gypsum Association Chairman: Theodore Irving Coe American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington 6, D.C. Secretary: R. H. Faber Gypsum Association 201 North Wells Street, Chicago 6, Illinois American Institute of Architects........................................... Theodore Irving Coe Ben H. Dyer American Society for Testing Materials................................ Lawrence B. Ritter Associated General Contractors of America.......................Edward B. Friel, Jr. Brotherhood of Painters, Decorators and Paperhangers of America....................................................... Bryce P. Holcombe Construction Specifications Institute, Inc............................................. C. J. Poiesz Gypsum Association.................................................................................. D. G. Hamme C. J. Loechl J. A. Robertson R.P. Entz (Alt) C. G. Shuttleworrh O. H. Storey, Jr. R. H. Faber International Drywall Contractors Association.................................................... W.Gregorio L. Skinnerf^/tJ National Association of Home Builders.....................................M. W. Smithman National Retail Lumber Dealers Association.................................. R. A. Schaub Clarence Thompson (Alt) Painting and Decorating Contractors of America.......................E. S. Torrence Small Homes Council (University of Illinois).................................. R. A. Jones Southern Building Code Congress......................................... Ralph W. Jones, Jr. United Brotherhood of Carpenters and Joiners of America....................................................................................... Raleigh Rajoppi U. S. Navy Department................................................................. Lawrence B. Ritter Veterans Administration........................................................................J. W. Williams G. A. Nelson (Alt) Members-At-Large............................................................................... Charles A. Immer James T. Lendrum E. M. Lurie Liaison Member Federal Housing Administration......................................................... D. Guthridge ASA Approved as American Standard By the American Standards Association ASA No. A97.1-1958: UDC 691.31 October 29, 1958 AMERICAN STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS for GYPSUM WALLBOARD FINISHES Notf.:--'These specifications are intended to describe minimum requirements for application over wood nailing members. See Appendix for general information and recommenda tions pertaining to related work. 1.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.10 The work includes all labor, materials, services, equip ment, scaffolding and all operations required to com plete the gypsum wallboard finishes in accordance with the drawings and these specifications. , 1.20 Scaffolding shall be constructed and maintained in strict conformity with applicable laws and ordinances, and so as to avoid interfering with the work of others. 1.30 The work shall be properly coordinated with the work of other trades. 1.40 Whenever joint treatment adhesive is being mixed or used for applying tape or for laminating one layer of board to another, the temperature in the building shall be maintained at not less than 45 degrees Fahr enheit. 2.00 DEFINITIONS 2.10 Gypsum Wallboard: Where the term "Gypsum Wallboard" is used it refers to gypsum wallboard as defined in A.S.T.M. Specification Cl 1-58. 2.12 Type "X" (Special Fire Retardant) Gypsum Wallboard: Wallboard which provides greater fire resist ance as defined in A.S.T.M. Specification C36-58. 2.14 Insulating Gypsum Wallboard: Either Regular or Type "X" Gypsum Wallboard, with foil laminated to the back surface, as defined in A.S.T.M. Specifi cation C36-58. 2.20 Edges: Where the term "edges" is used, it refers only to the paper-bound edges, usually the long dimension of the gypsum wallboard. 2.30 Ends: Where the term "ends" is used, it refers to the mill-cut or field-cut ends. At such cuts, the gypsum core is left exposed. 2.40 Nailing Members: Where the term "nailing members" is used, it refers to those portions of the framing, fur ring, blocking, etc., which serve as a nailing base to receive the gypsum wallboard. Unless otherwise speci fied herein, the nailing surface shall be not less than 2 inch nominal width. (See also Section A1.00 of Ap pendix) 2.50 Horizontal Application: Where the term "horizontal application" is used, it refers to gypsum wallboard ap plication where the paper-bound edges are applied at right angles to the nailing members. 2.60 Vertical Application: Where the term "vertical appli cation" is used, it refers to gypsum wallboard applica tion where the paper-bound edges are applied parallel to the nailing members. 2.70 Treated Joints: Where the term "treated joints" is used, it refers to joints between gypsum wallboards which are reinforced and concealed with joint treat ment. 2.80 Untreated Joints: Where the term "untreated joints" is used, it refers to joints which are left exposed in the finished work, or which may be covered by strips or mouldings. 2.90 Joint Treatment Adhesive: Where the term "adhe sive" is used, in conjunction with joint treatment, it refers to "joint cement, an adhesive." 3.00 MATERIALS The materials shall conform to the applicable require ments of the following specifications: 3.10 Gypsum Wallboard: A.S.T.M. Designation C36-58. 3.20 Joint Treatment: Joint reinforcing and adhesive ma terials shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum wallboard. 3.30 Laminating Adhesive: Laminating adhesive material shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum wallboard. 3.40 Water: Shall be clean, fresh and suitable for domestic consumption. 3.50 Steel Nails: 3.52 GWB-54 (Gypsum Wallboard): Annular ringed nails complying with the requirements of A.S.T.M. Specification C380-58T. 3.54 4d 14 gage, 1-3/8 in. long, 7/32 in. fiat head, dia mond point. 5d 13-1/2 gage, 1-5/8 in. long, 15/64 in. flat head, diamond point. 6d 13 gage, 1-7/8 in. long, 1/4 in. flat head, dia mond point. SGP 0028541 3.60 Nails for single layer application: Gypsum Wallboard (Thickness) 1 /4 in. (for application over ex isting surfaces) 3/8 in. Regular or Insulating 1/2 in. Regular or Insulating 5/8 in. Regular or Insulating 1 /2 in. Type "X" and Insulating Type "X" 5/8 in. Type "X" and Insulating Type "X" Nails (To framing or furring of 2 in. or greater nominal thickness) Flat head, diamond point nail of such length as to give not less than 1 in. penetration into the nailing members. 1-1/8 in. or 1-1/4 in. GWB-54 or 4d 1-1/4 in. GWB-54 or 5d 1-3/8 in. GWB-54 or 6d 5d 6d Nails (To 1 in. nominal thick furring over concrete or masonry) 1-1 /8 in. GWB-54 or 4d 1-1/4 in. GWB-54 or 4d 1-3/8 in. GWB-54 or 5d 3.70 Nails for Multiple Layer Installation: (See Section 5.40) 4.00 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE 4.10 All materials shall be delivered in the original pack ages, container or bundles bearing the brand name and the name of the manufacturer or the supplier for whom the product is manufactured. 4.20 All materials shall be kept dry, preferably by being stored inside the building under roof. Where neces sary to store gypsum wallboard outside, it shall be stacked off the ground, properly supported on a strong level platform and fully protected from the weather. 4.30 Gypsum wallboard shall be neatly stacked (flat), with care taken to avoid damage to edges, ends and surfaces. 5.00 APPLICATION OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD 5.10 General: Note: For framing requirements see Appen dix, Section A 1.00. 5.11 Gypsum wallboard shall be cut by scoring and breaking or by sawing, working from the face side. When cutting by scoring, the face paper shall be cut with a knife or other suitable tool. The gypsum wallboard shall then be snapped back away from the cut face. The back paper can be broken by snap ping the gypsum wallboard in the reverse direction or the back paper can be cut. All cut edges and ends of the gypsum wallboard shall be sandpapered, where necessary, in order to obtain neat jointing when the wallboard is erected. Cut-outs for pipes, 2 fixtures, or other small openings shall be scored in outline before knocking out or shall be cut out with a saw or other suitable tool. Where gypsum wallboard meets projecting surfaces, it shall be scribed neatly. 5.13 In single layer installations, all ends and edges of all gypsum wallboard shall occur over nailing mem bers, except that this is not required for treated joints at right angles to framing members in hori zontal applications. 5.15 Gypsum wallboard shall be applied first to the ceil ing and then to the walls. Wallboards of maximum practical lengths shall be used to minimize number of end joints. Boards shall be brought into contact, but shall not be forced into place. Where ends or edges abut, they shall be neatly fitted. 5.16 Nails shall be spaced not less than 3/8 inch from edges and ends of wallboard. Nails shall be spaced and driven a maximum of 7 inches on centers on ceilings, and a maximum of 8 inches on centers on walls (See Figure No. Ia) except as shown for "Dou ble Nailing" procedure in Figure No. lb. Perimeter nailing at the top and bottom is not required. Nails shall not be staggered on adjoining edges or ends. While the nails are being driven, the wallboard shall be held in firm contact with the underlying support. Nailing preferably should proceed from central portion of the wallboard toward ends and edges. The tool used for driving nails shall have a crowned face. The nails shall be driven home with the heads slightly below the surface of the gypsum wallboard, in a dimple formed by the crowned face of the driving tool striking the last blow. A nail set shall not be used and care shall be taken to avoid breaking the paper face. SGP 0028542 SINGLE NAILING Fig. la NAILS: Nails shall be in accordance with requirements of Paragraph 3.60. "SINGLE NAILING" SYSTEM PROCEDURE: The waliboard shall be held in firm contact with the nailing member while the nails are being driven. Nailing preferably should proceed from the central portion of each piece of waliboard towards ends and edges. Nails shall not be staggered on adjoining edges or ends. Perimeter nailing at the top and bottom is not required. DOUBLE NAILING NAILS: Nails shall be in accordance with requirements of Paragraph 3.60. "DOUBLE NAILING" SYSTEM PROCEDURE: 1. Two men are required to nail one ceiling board -- one man nails rows 1, 2, 3 and 4; the other nails rows 2A, 3A and 4A. 2. Starting at center of board, nails shown by dot are applied in row 1, then rows 2 and 2A, 3 and 3A, 4 and 4A, etc., always nailing from center to edges of sheet. 3. Apply "double" nails shown by circle O in the same manner as first nails, also starting at row 1. 4. As alternate procedure, "double" nails may be applied immediately after nailing of first nails in each row is completed ac cording to step "2" above. 5. Use single nails on perimeter of board. IMPORTANT: All three field (first) nails in each row should be applied before the `'double" (second) nails are applied. It may be neces sary to "hit" the first nails in each row after the second nail is applied. 3 SGP 0028543 5.17 The maximum spacings for nailing members to re ceive gypsum wallboard constructions shall not ex ceed those shown in the following tables: Wallboard Construction NAILING ONLY Use Application Maximum Spacing Nailing Members 3/8" (Single or two-ply) 1 / 2" single 1 /2" single 1/2" single 1/2" two-ply 1/2" two-ply 5/8" single 5/8" single 5/8" single 5/8" two-ply 5/8" two-ply Wallboard Construction Ceilings Sidewalls Horizontal Horizontal or vertical Ceilings Vertical Ceilings Horizontal Sidewalls Vertical or horizontal Ceilings Horizontal Sidewalls Vertical or horizontal Ceilings Vertical Ceilings Horizontal Sidewalls Vertical or horizontal Ceilings Horizontal Sidewalls Vertical or horizontal TWO-PLY NAILING WITH ADHESIVE BETWEEN LAYERS Use Application 16" o.c. 16" o.c. 16" o.c. 24" o.c. 24" o.c. 24" o.c. 24" o.c. 16" o.c. 24" o.c. -24" o.c. 24" o.c. 24" o.c. Maximum Spacing Nailing Members Two-ply (3/8") Two-ply 1 /2" base layer 3/8" face layer Two-ply 1/2" or 5/8" Two-ply 3/8", 1/2" or 5/8" Ceilings Ceilings Ceilings Ceilings Sidewalls 5.20 Application direct to framing members or furring strips: 5.22 Joints Treated: 5.222 End joints shall be staggered and joints on op posite sides of a partition shall be arranged to occur on different studs. 5.24 Joints Untreated: 5.242 Unless otherwise specified, square edge, beveled edge and predecorated gypsum wallboard shall be applied vertically. Where the nail heads are to be treated, they shall be driven as specified in Paragraph 5.16. Where they are to be left with no further treatment, they shall be driven flush with the face of the wallboard surface without breaking the paper. 5.244 Wood grained and other predecorated gypsum wallboards shall be applied using a nail with a suitably colored head. These nails shall be driv en with a hard rubber mallet or plastic head hammer. 4 Base layer horizontal Horizontal Vertical or horizontal Base layer horizontal 16" o.c. 24" o.c. 24" o.c. 24" o.c. Horizontal or vertical 24" o.c. 5.26 Ceiling application over wood furring construc tion: When gypsum wallboard is nailed to wood cross furring on ceilings these members shall have a mini mum cross section of 2" x 2" (nominal) and be spaced in accordance with the requirements of Paragraph 5.17. 5.30 Application over existing plaster or gypsum wallboard surfaces: 5.32 W'here gypsum wallboard is used over uneven exist ing plaster or gypsum wallboard surfaces and joints are to be treated, the wallboard shall be nailed to furring strips as specified in Paragraph 3.60. 5.34 Where existing plaster or gypsum wallboard sur faces are in suitably sound condition and of such nature as to permit proper nailing, the gypsum wallboard may be applied direct. Nails shall be so located and of such length as to penetrate into fram ing members not less than one inch. They shall be spaced and driven as specified in Paragraph 5.16. SGP 0028544 I 5.40 Two-Ply Gypsum Wallboard Application: 5.42 Adhesive Used Between Layers: ures to receive ceramic, plastic, or metal tile, or plastic finished wall panels. 5.422 The two layers may be applied in opposite di rections or in parallel direction. Joints in the exposed layer need not occur over supports. If the face layer is to be permanently held in place by adhesive only, the first layer shall be applied as specified for single layer application, except that the nails shall be driven so that their top faces are flush with the surrounding wallboard surface. The adhesive to be used between the two layers of gypsum wallboard shall be spread evenly over'the back surface of the face layer of the wallboard before it is erected, using a spread er of design approved by the manufacturer of the gypsum wallboard. Immediately after the adhesive has been spread, the wallboard shall be placed in position and nailed with a sufficient number of nails to hold the wallboard in place until the adhesive develops adequate bond. In lieu of nailing, the second ply of gypsum wallboard may be held in position by shoring with props and headers or other temporary supports to insure adequate pressure for bonding. 5.424 When adequate bond has developed between the wallboards, the temporary supports shall be removed, or, if temporary nailing is used, such nails shall cither be: (a) driven home so that their heads are below the surrounding surface of the gypsum wallboard, in a dimple formed by the final blow of the driving tool, or (b) re moved, or (c) driven with a nail set so that heads of the nail are well below the surface of the exposed face of the gypsum wallboard. The resulting holes shall be filled flush with joint ad hesive. 5.44 No Adhesive Used Between Layers: Nails for the first layer shall be spaced a maximum of 14" on centers, and shall be of the size and type required for the particular thickness of board when used in single layer application. The face layer shall be nailed with the number of nails required for normal single layer application. Nails used for the face layer shall be long enough to penetrate at least 1-1/8 inches into nailing members. The two layers may be applied in opposite directions or in parallel directions. The nails in the first layer shall be driven home so that their heads are below the surrounding surface of the gypsum wallboard. Nails for the face layer shall be driven as specified in Paragraph 5.16. 5.50 Insulating Gypsum Wallboard: 5.51 The application of insulating gypsum wallboard shall conform to the foregoing specifications for the application of gypsum wallboard. The reflective surface shall be placed against the inside face of the nailing members. Note: To obtain full efficiency as an insulating material, a minimum of 3/4 inch air space shall be provided next to the foil. 6.00 JOINT TREATMENT FOR FIELD JOINTS AND CORNERS 6.20 Treatment for field joints and corners shall be ap plied in strict accordance with the printed instruc tions of the manufacturer of the gypsum wallboard. Ample drying time shall be allowed between coats of adhesive and between finish coats and decoration. Before joint treatment is applied the installation shall be inspected to insure that (1) gypsum wallboard is properly nailed and is held tight against the nailing members, and (2) nail heads in the field of the board are slightly below the surrounding surface in dimples formed by the driving tool. 6.30 External Corners: External corners shall be pro tected and finished with reinforcing joint tape and adhesive or with an approved metal or other type corner protection. 6.40 Arches: Where gypsum wallboard is to be applied to the soffit of arches it shall be carefully bent into place. If necessary, it first shall either be dampened or be kerfed approximately one-inch on centers on the back side. In the latter case, after the core has been broken at each cut, the wallboard shall be applied to the curved contour and nailed in place. At the arrises of the arch, joint adhesive and reinforcing shall be applied in the manner specified for corners, except that the tape shall be snipped at intervals along one side to permit it to conform to the curved contour. Approved metal or other corner protection may be used at these locations. 7.00 STUDLESS SOLID GYPSUM WALLBOARD PARTITIONS 7.10 Solid gypsum wallboard partitions consisting of mul tiple layers of gypsum wallboard shall be erected in accordance with the printed directions of the manu facturer of the gypsum wallboard. 8.00 TOUCHING UP PRIOR TO DECORATION 8.10 After trim has been applied, and prior to decoration, surface damage and defects shall be corrected (See Appendix, Section A2.00). 9.00 VENTILATION ABOVE GYPSUM WALLBOARD CEILINGS 5.52 Insulating gypsum wallboard shall not be used as the backing material in shower stalls or tub enclos 9.10 Proper ventilation shall be provided (See Appendix, Section A4.00). 5 SGP 0028545 APPENDIX A A0.00 APPENDIX This Appendix gives general information and also suggestions for inclusion to be made elsewhere by specifier, ft is not part of these specifications. A 1.00 FRAMING REQUIREMENTS The work of framing and furring is not part of these specifications. However, certain requirements cover ing framing, nailing members, spacing, etc., are es sential to provide a proper base to receive the gypsum wallboard. The following requirements should be included in the project specifications for wood fram ing and furring. A1.10 All nailing members should be straight and true and spaced not to exceed the maximum spacings shown in Paragraph 5.17. Framing and bridging members should be adequate to carry the design or code load ing. The deflection of horizontal members support ing gypsum wallboard shall not exceed 1 /360 of the span. The nailing surface of any framing or furring member should not vary more than 1 /8 inch from the plane of the faces of adjacent framing or furring members. Headers should be provided as necessary for the support of fixtures. Nailing surfaces shall have a minimum width of 1-1/8 inches. A1.30 Headers are not required to receive joints at right angles to supports in horizontal application that are to be treated with a joint reinforcing system. AI.50 All concrete or masonry surfaces that are to receive gypsum wallboard finish should be furred with at least 1" x 2" nominal nailing members. A1.70 Nailing flanges of insulating materials should not be attached to the face of the nailing member. A2.00 DECORATION A2.10 It is extremely important that the difference in ab sorption between the field of the gypsum wallboard and the adhesive over joints or nailheads be equal ized to assure uniformity of color and texture over the entire wall. After the gypsum wallboard appli cation has been completed, the surfaces should be sealed and primed as required for subsequent finish. A2.20 Wallpaper and similar materials applied adhesive ly: Wallpaper, or similar materials adhesively ap plied. should never be applied to gypsum wallboard without first sealing the surface. Sealing provides protection where wetting of the gypsum wallboard may occur. In general, latex or oleo-resinous type sealers, recommended by the gypsum wallboard manufacturer, can be used. Use of a sealer provides protection for the wallboard when removal of the wallpaper becomes necessary. A3.00 SPECIFICATIONS FOR APPLICATION OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD TO RE CEIVE CERAMIC, PLASTIC, METAL TILE, AND PLASTIC FINISHED WALL PANELS BY ADHESIVE APPLICATION A3.10 General: The work to be done in application of gypsum wallboard under this specification shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of American Standards Association, Standard Specifi cation for Gypsum Wallboard Finishes A97.1, ex cept as otherwise specified herein. A3.20 Framing: (See figures Al, A2, and A3) A3.21 Framing members shall be plumb and true. A3.22 All framing around tub enclosures and shower stalls shall allow sufficient room so that the inside lip of the tub, prefabricated receptor or hot mopped sub-pan shall be even with the face of the gypsum wallboard. This will necessitate furring out from the studs the thickness of the gypsum wallboard to be used (3/8", 1/2'', 5/8") less the thickness of the lip, on each wall abutting a tub, receptor or sub-pan. A3.23 Furring of the proper thickness shall be applied as required parallel to the lip of receptor, pan or tub. The top of square cut furring, or if beveled, the start of bevel shall be flush with the upper edge of receptor, sub-pan or tub. (See Figures Al, A2 and A3). A3.24 A continuous metal spacer strip as specified under Paragraph A3.33 shall be applied with the 3/4" leg behind the furring with the apex of the angle abutting the top surface of the furring and the 3/8" leg protruding away from the stud face. If a metal spacer strip is not used, the wood furring must be beveled. (See Figures Al, A2, and A3). A3.25 For walls to be surfaced with ceramic tiles over 1 /4" thick: When 3/8" gypsum wallboard is to be used on studs spaced 16" o.c. or 1 /2" or 5/8" gyp sum wallboard on studs spaced more than 16" o.c., suitable blocking shall be installed between all studs. One row of blocking shall be located ap proximately 1" above the top of the tub or recep tor and another row at the mid point between the tub and ceiling. Blocking is not required for 3/8" gypsum wallboard on studs spaced 12" o.c. or less, or for 1/2" or 5/8" gypsum wallboard on studs spaced 16" o.c. or less. A3.26 Appropriate blocking, headers or supports shall be provided to support tub, other plumbing fix tures, and to receive soap dishes, grab bars, towel racks and similar items as may be required. A-l SGP 0028546 FIGURE NO. A2 A3.30 Materials: A3.31 Gypsum wallboard shall be 3/8", 1/2" or 5/8" in thickness and shall comply with the require ments of ASTM Designation C36 for Gypsum Wallboard. Note: Insulating (foil-backed) gypsum wallboard shall not be used as a backing material in shower stalls or tub enclosures. A3.32 Materials for treating joints and concealing nailheads shall be as recommended by the manufac turer of the gypsum wallboard. A3.33 The metal spacer strip shall be fabricated of 16 gage galvanized steel, with one leg 3/4" wide and one leg 3/8" wide bent at a 45 angle. A3.34 The surface sealer shall be either a water resistant adhesive recommended by the manufacturer of the surfacing material or a water resistant sealer as recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum wallboard. The sealer shall not be applied until after the joints are treated. Shellac shall not be used. A3.35 The adhesive used for application of the surfacing material shall be approved by the manufacturer of the surfacing material for use over gypsum wallboard. A3.36 The surfacing material shall provide a durable surface and prevent the passage of free water to the backing material; also, it shall prevent the passage of water vapor which may lead to conden sation within or on the surface of the backing ma terial or framing members. A3.37 Waterproof receptors, pans or sub-pans shall have an upstanding lip or flange which shall be a mini mum of 1" higher than the water dam or threshold contained in the entry way to the shower. A3.40 Application: A3.41 Shower pans, receptors or tubs shall be installed prior to the erection of the gypsum wallboard. They shall be properly furred away from the fram ing members as specified in Paragraph A3.22, and installed so that the inside surface of the lip or A-2 SGP 0028547 upstanding leg of the receptor or pan shall be in alignment with the surface of the gypsum wallboard. A3.42 Gypsum Wallboard: A3.421 Gypsum wallboard, 3/8", 1/2", or 5/8" shall be applied horizontally with the factory edge (paper bound) abutting the top edge of the metal spacer strip or beveled furring, which shall allow a minimum of 1 /4" space between the lip of the receptor, tub or sub-pan and the gypsum wallboard. A3.422 Gypsum wallboard shall be nailed as required in the foregoing specification. Where gypsum wallboard is to receive ceramic tile over 1/4" thick, the nails used to attach the gypsum wallboard shall be spaced a maximum of 4" o.c. A3.423 All joints between adjoining pieces of wallboard, including those at all angle intersec tions, shall be treated. (See Paragraph 2.70). A3.43 Application of surfacing material: A3.431 Prior to the erection of surfacing materials, the approved type of sealer shall be applied to all gypsum wallboard areas including treated joints and angles which are to receive such surfacing materials. When the adhesive is used as a sealer, it shall be applied as a separate operation, independently of the application used to adhere the surfacing material, spread ing it in a continuous coating approximately 1/16" thick. All edges of cut-outs made in the gypsum wallboard for pipes, fixtures, etc., shall be sealed in a like manner. A3.432 Prior to the erection of surfacing materials, all openings around pipes, fixtures, etc., shall be caulked flush with waterproof, non-harden ing caulking compound. A3.433 The surfacing material shall then be applied down to the top surface or edge of the fin ished shower floor, return, or tub and in stalled so as to overlap the top lip of receptor, sub-pan or tub. A3.434 The surfacing material shall be applied so as to completely cover the following areas: (a) over tubs without shower heads--6" above the rim of the tub. (b) over tubs where showers occur--a mini mum of 5 feet above the rim or 6" above the height of the shower head, whichever is higher. (c) Shower stalls--a minimum of 6 feet above the shower dam or 6" above the shower head, whichever is higher. (d) All jambs in shower stalls shall be covered to a like height. (e) The surfacing material shall be carried to the full specified height for a distance of at least 4" beyond the external face of the tub or receptor. Areas beyond an exterior corner are excluded. A3.435 Where plastic finished wall panels are used as a surfacing material, the following precautions shall be taken: (a) Only the type and shape of mouldings recommended by the manufacturer of the surfacing material shall be used. All in terior and exterior angles shall be treated with mouldings containing a flange pro jecting behind the surfacing material on each leg of the angle. Only recommended tub mouldings shall be used at the base where the surfacing materials abut the tub, shower floor, or curb. Such mould ings shall be set in caulking compound. (b) A bead of caulking compound shall be ap plied at the angle formed by the gypsum wallboard backing and the moulding used around the top edge of the surfacing material to prevent leakage of water be hind the moulding. A3.436 Where other types of.surfacing materials are used, the following precautions shall be taken: (a) All joints shall be filled in such manner as to leave no voids for water penetra tion. (b) Nonsetting caulking compound shall be applied between the wall surfacing ma terials and the floor of the shower or rim of the tub. (c) The angle between the edge and the sur facing material shall likewise be caulked. A4.00 VENTILATION ABOVE GYPSUM WALLBOARD CEILINGS A4.10 Attics or similar unheated spaces above gypsum wallboard ceilings shall be adequately ventilated as follows: Provide effective cross ventilation for all spaces between roof and top floor ceilings by screened louvers or other approved and acceptable means. Net ventilating area for each separate space shall be not less than: A4.20 Roofs with slope 2 in 12 or greater: A4.21 1 /300 of the horizontal projection of the roof area over each space, provided that at least 1 /2 of the required ventilating area is in the upper part of the ventilated space, as near the high point of roof as practicable. A4.22 1/150 of the horizontal projection of the roof area over each space if not in compliance with Para graph 4.21. A4.30 Roofs with slope less than 2 in 12: A4.31 1/300 of the horizontal projection of the roof area if a completely continuous vapor-barrier is provided. A4.32 1/150 of the horizontal projection of the roof area if such a vapor-barrier is not provided. Note: A vapor-barrier is a material having a vapor permeability not exceeding one (1) perm. A-3 SGP 0028548 GYPSUM ASSOCIATION SIMPLIFIED PRACTICE RECOMMENDATION R-266-63 GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS Reproduced from copy furnished by the UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE GYPSUM ASSOCIATION Simplified Practice Recommendation R-266-63 Gypsum Board Products Table Of Contents History of Recommendation.............................................................................. 3 Standing Committee ........................................................................................ 3 Gypsum Board Products................................................................................... 4 1. Purpose 2. Scope 3. Definitions 4. Recommendation Acceptors ......................................................................................................... 7 List Of Tables Gypsum Wallboard .......................................................................................... 5 Gypsum Backing Board ................................................................................... 5 Type "X" Gypsum Wallboard And Backing Board.......................................... 6 Gypsum Lath ................................................................................................... 6 Other Gypsum Boards...................................................................................... 6 GYPSUM ASSOCIATION 2 SGP 0028550 History of Recommendation In a letter dated June 13, 1962, the Gypsum Association requested the cooperation of the Commodity Standards Division in the establishment of a Simplified Practice Recommendation for gypsum board products, and submitted as a basis a tentative standard of the Simplified Practice Committee of that organization. The Commodity Standards Division < now the Office of Commodity Standards) circulated copies of the Proposed Simplified Practice Recommendation SP-4675, to a sampling of the industry for preliminary comment and approval. All comments and suggestions received were carefully considered and adjustments were made to the proposal to satisfy the comment wherever practicable. The Recommended Simplified Practice Recommendation, SP-4682, was circulated to the trade on April 22, 1963. On August 2, 1963, the Office of Commodity Standards announced that acceptances had been received representing a satisfactory majority of the industry and the Simplified Practice Recommendation, to be designated R-266-63, would be effective September 9, 1963. Project Manager: D. R. Stevenson, Office of Commodity Standards, National Bureau of Standards. Technical Adviser: E. T. Carlson, Building Research Division, National Bureau of Standards. Standing Committee The following individuals comprise the membership of the Standing Committee, which is to review, prior to circulation for acceptance, revisions proposed to keep the standard abreast of progress. Comment concerning the standard and sug gestions for revision may be addressed to any member of the committee or to the Office of Commodity Standards, National Bureau of Standards, U. S. Department of Commerce, which acts as secretary for the committee. O. H. Storey, The Flintkote Co., (Chairman) 1101 South Front St., Camden, N.J. R. P. Faust, United States Gypsum Co. 301 S. Wacker Dr., Chicago, 111. A. L. Meyer, Bestwall Gypsum Co., 120 Lancaster Ave., Ardmore, Pa. G. Erwin, Contracting Plasterers' and Lathers' International Assn., 1343 H St., N. W,, Washington, D.C. R. M. Glazier, National Gypsum Co., Gold Bond Bldg., Buffalo 2, N.Y. W. R. Nellis, Home Manufacturers Assn., 910 17th St., N. W., Washington, D.C. G. B. Kirk, Kaiser Gypsum Co., Inc., 300 Lakeside Dr., Oakland, Calif. L. H. Yeager, Gypsum Association, 201 North Wells Street, Chicago, 111. M. W. Smithman, National Association T. T. Sneddon, National Lumber and of Home Builders, Building Material Dealers Association, 1625 L St., N. W.. Washington, D.C. 302 Ring Building, Washington 6, D.C. SGP 0028551 GYPSUM ASSOCIATION 3 SIMPLIFIED PRACTICE RECOMMENDATION R-266-63 GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS (Effective Sept. 9,1963) 1. PURPOSE 1.1 The purpose of this recommendation is to es tablish a standard of simplified practice for the vari ous types and sizes of gypsum wallboard and lath products. It is intended to serve as a guide in the manufacture, selection and utilization of these prod ucts by listing the kinds, types and sizes in greatest demand and in most general use. The use of sim plified sizes enables producers and distributors to improve their service to the customer, reduce inven tories and to maintain a current stock. 2. SCOPE 2.1 This standard lists six varieties of gypsum board and lath products and the various types and sizes of each in greatest demand. It further indicates the sizes for which demands are decreasing but which are not sufficiently low to warrant their dele tion from the standard at this time. These are not recommended for regular stock, but may be ob tained "on order," subject to delay in delivery. 3. DEFINITIONS 3.1 For information and ease in identifying the various gypsum board products the following defini tions are provided: Gypsum Board Products: Gypsum board products are mill fabricated boards consisting of a non combustible core, essentially gypsum. The core is surfaced on the front and back faces and along the longitudinal edges with a paper covering specifically designed for various uses with respect to performance, application, use and appearance. i 11 Gypsum Wallboard: ('a' Regular Type: Regular gypsum wallboard is surfaced on the front or face that is exposed to the room interior, and along the longitudinal edges, with a cal endered manila paper to provide a smooth, even finish, suitable as a base for decoration. The back, or unexposed face, is surfaced with a gray liner paper, i b i Insulating Type: Insulating gypsum wallboard is regular wallboard with a pure bright finished aluminum foil bonded to the gray liner paper on the back or un exposed face, which serves as a vapor barrier and a reflective thermal insulator. GYPSUM ASSOCIATION 4 (2) Gypsum Backing Board: la) Regular Type: Regular gypsum backing board differs from regular wallboard in that both the front and back faces and the longitudinal edges are surfaced with a gray liner paper. It is used as a base layer for multi-ply constructions. (b) Insulating Type: Insulating gypsum backing board is regular backing board with a pure bright finished aluminum foil bonded to its back face, which serves as a vapor barrier and a reflective thermal insulator. <3) Gypsum Lath: Gypsum lath is a plaster base in sheet form. It is surfaced on both faces and along the longitudinal edges with a special fibrous paper suitable for the application of plaster. (a i Plain Type: Plain gypsum lath is a plaster base in sheet form. It is surfaced on both faces and along the longitudinal edges with a special fibrous paper suit able for the application of plaster. (b) Perforated Type: Perforated gypsum lath is regular gypsum lath with not less than % in. diameter holes through the lath, approximately 4 in. on center. (o Insulating Type: Insulating gypsum lath is regular gypsum lath with a pure bright finished aluminum foil bonded to the gray liner paper on the back or un exposed face, which serves as a vapor barrier and a reflective thermal insu lator. (4) Type "X" Designation: Type "X" gypsum wallboard, type "X" gypsum backing board and type "X" gypsum lath are mill fabricated board products, similar in all respects to regu lar gypsum wallboard, backing board and lath, respectively, except that the core has been made extra fire resistive. (5) Gypsum Formboard: Gypsum formboard is a permanent form for gypsum-concrete roof decking. Formboard is surfaced on the ex posed undersurface i face and longitudinal edges with a calendered manila paper spe cially treated to resist fungus growth. The back face is surfaced with gray liner paper. SGp 0028552 (6) Gypsum Sheathing Board: Gypsum Sheathing board is surfaced with a firmly bonded waterrepellent paper on both faces and longi tudinal edges. iai Core-Treated Sheathing Board: Core treated gypsum sheathing board is gyp sum sheathing board with a water-repel lent core. 3.2 Additional details of definitions, dimensional tolerances, quality requirements and test methods for these products are covered in the latest editions of the following specifications: American Society for Testing and Materials: C22, Gypsum C36, Gypsum Wallboard C37, Gypsum Lath C79, Gypsum Sheathing Board C318, Gypsum Formboard C442, Gypsum Backing Board C473. Physical Testing of Gypsum Board Products and Gypsum Partition Tile or Block These data are available from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Phila delphia 3, Pa. Federal Specifications: SS-L-30b--7/9/63--Lath, Sheathing and Wallboard, Gypsum SS-P-402 Gypsum Plaster These data are available from the Business Service Center, General Services Administration, 7th and D Streets, S.W., Washington 25, D.C. 4. RECOMMENDATION 4.1 The Gypsum board products and sizes identi fied by the symbol v in Tables 1 through 5 are recommended for regular stock. Those identified by the symbol * are not recommended for regu lar stock but may be obtained "on special order" from manufacturers and distributors, subject to possible delay in delivery. Table 1. GYPSUM WALLBOARD 1 Thickness Width Length in feet Type i in inches in inches 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 *4 48 VVV Regular j. % l/2 Insulating ! ; % 3/a '/2 % 48 V V V V V * 24 * * 48 i v V V V ' V * V 24 i * * 48 V*V V 48 V * V V 48 * V V V * V 48 * * * * Edge Detail 15 16 Tapered Sq. -------- f V * V* Bev. * * * V ** V V *V * Table 2. GYPSUM BACKING BOARD Type Regular Insulating 1 Thickness in inches ''8 y2 it 3/s v'2 Width in inches 24 48 24 48 24 24 48 24 v--Recommended stock items. '--Special order items, f--Also known as "Coreboard." 7 * Length n feet 8 9 10 11 * V V ' . ' V Edge Detail 12 j Sq. T and G H----------7--------- *1 V V i 'i * jV i SGP 0028553 GYPSUM ASSOCIATION 5 Table 3. TYPE "X" GYPSUM WALLBOARD AND BACKING BOARD Type"X" Regular Insulating Wallboard Regular Backing Board Insulating Backing Board Thickness in inches Vz % % \/2 % Vs Width in inches 48 24 48 48 24 24 24 8 V * V * V * Length in feet 9 10 11 VV ** Vv* ** Edge Detail 12 Tapered T and G VV * VV *r Bev. * * V * Type Thickness in inches Perforated 'k l/2 Plain Insulating Vz :'3 Type "X" 3/a Table 4. GYPSUM LATH Width in inches 16t 16t 16t 24 16 + 24 16+ 24 16i 24 16+ 4 V V V -* V V ^ V * V Length in feet 7 8 9 10 * V * * K* V --* * * * + k* V Edge Detail lT 12 Sq. Round T and G V V _______ * * V V * *** V *** V * 1 ______ V 1 Type ! Gypsum Formboard i Gypsum Sheathing Table 5. OTHER GYPSUM BOARDS Thickness in inches >/2 Width in inches j 32 : 48 24 48 Length in feet 89 V * V VV 10 V ' Edge Detail Sq. T and G V * V V v--Recommended stock items. ` -- Special order items. t--Standard width for lath in Arizona. California, Nevada, Montana, Wasnington, Oregon and Idaho is 16-1,5 inches. GYPSUM ASSOCIATION 6 SGP 0028554 ACCEPTORS The manufacturers, distributors, users and others listed below indicated in writing their acceptance of this Sim plified Practice Recommendation prior to its publication. Associations American Institute of Architects, Washington, D.C. American Specification Institute, Chicago, III. Associated General Contractors of America, Wash. D C. Carolina Lumber & Building Supply Assn., Charlotte. N.C. (General Support) Contracting Plasterers' and Lathers' International Association. Inc.. Washington, D.C. (General Support) Gypsum Association, Chicago, 111. (General Support) Gypsum Roof Deck Foundation, Glenview. 111. Home Manufacturers Assn.. Washington, D.C. (General Support) National Association of Home Builders, Washington, D.C. Government Army, Dept. of. Chief of Engineers, Washington, D.C. (General Support) Army, U.S.. Materials Research Agency. Watertown, Mass. GSA, FSS, Standardization Division. Washington. D.C. (General Support) Health, Education and Welfare, Dept, of. Wash. D.C. Interior, Dept. of. Division of Property Management, Washington, D.C. Post Office Dept.. Procurement Division. Bureau of Facilities. Washington. D.C. Veterans Administration. Washington. D.C. F i rm s Albert Brothers Construction Co.. Lincoln, III Allen Brothers & O'Hara. Inc., Memphis, Tenn. Altfillisch, Olson, Gray & Thompson, Decorah, Iowa American Gypsum Co.. Albuquerque, New Mexico Auch. Geo. W.. Co.. Detroit. Mich. Austin Building Co.. Dallas, Tex. Barrett Division. Allied Chemical Corp.. New York, N Y. Barry and Kay. Architects. Chicago. 111. Basche Sage Hardware Co.. Baker. Ore. Bateson. J. W.. Construction Co.. Inc.. Dallas, Tex. Baumer. Herbert, Architect, Columbus. Ohio Belli & Belli. Architects. Chicago. 111. Bestwall Gypsum Co.. Ardmore. Pa. Big Horn Gypsum Co . Salt Lake City. Utah Blue Diamond Company. Division of The Flintkote Co.. Los Angeles, Calif. Bornstein. Ale. Inc.. Louisville, Ky. Brust & Brust. Architects. Milwaukee, Wis. Camlet. J. Thomas. Architect-Engineer, Garfield. N.J. Cannon & Mullen, Architects. Salt Lake City, Utah Capital Construction Co.. Atlanta, Ga. Celotex Corp.. Chicago, 111. City Hardware. Jasper, Ala. Community Builders, Inc.. Washington, D C. Conrad & Cummings, Associated Architects, Binghamton, NY. Dale Bellamah Enterprises, Albuquerque. New Mexico Daniel, Carroll. Construction Co., Gainesville, Ga. Davis Wick, Rosengarten Co., Inc., Arlington, Va. Dayton Home Builders, Inc., Dayton, Ohio Demers, J. L., Ltd., Levis, Quebec, Canada DeWitt, Furnell & Spicer, Inc., St. Petersburg, Fla. Duer, John, & Sons, Inc., Baltimore, Md. Dunham-Hanson Co., Bangor, Me. Ellerbe and Co., St. Paul, Minn. F & S Construction Co., Inc., Roselle, 111. Fellheimer & Wagner, Architects & Engineers, New York Ferguson. H. K., Co., Cleveland, Ohio Fibreboard Paper Products Corp., San Francisco, Calif. Field Home Builders, Chicago, 111. Flintkote Co., New York, N.Y. Gadsden Hardware Co., Gadsden, Ala. Grand Rapids Gypsum Co., Grand Rapids, Mich. Grellinger-Rose Associates, Inc., Milwaukee, Wis. Hardin, Ira H., Co., Atlanta. Ga. Helf, Marvin, Inc., Cleveland, Ohio Hogner, P. R. L., Architect, Ft. Lauderdale, Fla. Holdstein, Milo S., A.LA.. Cleveland, Ohio Hope. Frank L., & Associates, San Diego, Calif. Hunsicker, L. W., Co., Allentown, Pa. Hunt, David M., Construction Co., Philadelphia, Pa. Jacobs, S. D., Co., Jacksonville, Fla. Kaiser Gypsum Co., Inc., Oakland, Calif. Latenser, John, & Sons, Architects, Omaha, Neb. Lee Hardware Co.. Salina, Kans. Loeb. Laurence M., Architect, White Plains, N.Y. Lumraus Co., Newark, N.J. Madway Main Line Homes. Inc., Wayne, Pa. McKee, Robert E., General Contractor, Inc., Los Angeles McPherson Co., Greenville, S.C. (General Support) Messer, Frank, & Sons, Inc., Cincinnati, Ohio Miller, Miller & Associates, Architects, Terre Haute, Ind. Monroe Light & Higgins, Architects & Engineers, El Paso, Tex. Montgomery Construction Co., Grove City. Pa. National Gypsum Co., Buffalo, N.Y. New England Builders Supply, Inc., Braintree, Mass. Norton Hardware Co.. Norton. Va. Olsen Construction Co.. Santa Rosa, Calif. Patzig Testing Laboratories. Inc., Des Moines, Iowa Pearce & Pearce Co., Inc., Buffalo, N.Y. Phalen Construction Co., Mendota, 111. Phillips. I. W.. and Co.. Tampa, Fla. Post, Geo. B., & Sons. Architects, New York, N.Y. Price, Beryl, Philadelphia, Pa. Rowley, Fred C., & Sons, Inc., Hammond, Indiana Ruberoid Co., Caledonia, N.Y. Ryan Contracting Corp., New York, N.Y. Santa Fe Builders Supply Co., Albuquerque. N. Mexico Turner Construction Co., New York, N.Y. United States Gypsum Co., Chicago, 111. University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va. Vogel. Willis A., A.I.A., Toledo, Ohio Vulean-Cincinnati, Inc., Cincinnati, Ohio Wagoner, Harold E., A.I.A. & Associates, Philadelphia, Pa. Wrelch. Carroll E., Huntington, N.Y. W'oolbright Construction Co., Inc., Delray Beach, Fla. SGP 0028555 GYPSUM ASSOCIATION 7 A IA FILE No. 23 >:8 SGP 0028557 REGULAR GYPSUM WALLBOARD DESCRIPTION Bestwall Regular Gypsum Wallboard consists of a glass fiber reinforced core of gypsum rock enclosed between two layers of tough paper. The glass fibers result in a reinforcing network that adds to the board's flexural strength, and gives Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard better nailing qualities and increased resistance to cracking. Since it is a "dry" material. Regular Gypsum Wallboard, as well as all other Bestwall Wallboard Products, allow painting and other decoration shortly after application of Joint Treatment. Regular Gypsum Wallboard is manufactured with either Square or Tapered Edges. Square Edges are recommended for use where no joint treatment is required. Vi" and wall- board with Tapered Edges is recommended for single layer application in new construc tion. Tapered Edges are designed to be rein forced by the Bestwall Joint Systems for smooth, seamless surfaces. ADVANTAGES The core of gypsum wallboard Is incombustible rock Miles of glass fibers add great resilience and strength, meaning easier handling Can be finished with any type of decoration Large, lightweight panels go up fast Plant fabricated gypsum wallboard eliminates extreme moisture in wall constructions PRODUCT USE Bestwall Regular Gypsum Wallboard can be used for walls and ceilings in both new construction and remodeling. DATA Thickness: 1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 5/8" Length: 6' to 16' (in even feet) Width: 4' Edge: Tapered, Square, Beveled (special order only) Packaging: Twin Mounted, end taped Application: Horizontal application is recommended for Bestwall Regular Gypsum Wallboard. This gives a stronger wall and will reduce the number of joints to be treated. Start application in an upper corner, working across and down. Either cut openings out of full panels or plan joints to occur on the studs nearest the center of the openings. For further details refer to our application instruction folder. Nails: GWB-54 Annular Ring Nails-- .098" Dia. -- ASTM C380 1-1/4" long 1/4" head -- Wallboard Thickness 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" Nail 1-1/4" GWB-54 1-3/8" GWB-54 1-3/8" GWB-54 Spacing Walls Ceilings 8" 7" 8" 7" 8" 7" BW-63270 Rev. 10/64 SGP 0028558 A1A FILE NUMBER 23-L NAILING GYPSUM WALLBOARD SINGLE AND TWO-PLY APPLICATION (SINGLE AND DOUBLE NAILING METHODS) THICKNESS OR TYPE SINGLE LAYER RECOMMENDED NAILS AND SPACING DESCRIPTION OF NAIL NAIL SPACING 1/4" thickness (for application over existing surfaces only) Flat head, diamond point nail of such length as to give not less than 1'' penetration into the framing member. Nails spaced not less than 3/8" from ends and edges. At each support space nails a maximum of 7" for ceilings and a maximum of 3" for walls. Do not stagger nails on adjoining ends and edges. (See reverse side.) 4/3" thickness 1-1/3" or l-l M" long, annular ringed GW 13-5-1 nail complying with A STM Spec;. C.'lSO-nST or Id. 14 cage, 1-3/5" long, 7/32" flat head, diamond point, bright finish cooler. (A) Nails spaced not less than 3/S" from ends and edges. At each support space nails a maximum of 7" for ceilings, a maximum of $" for walls. Do not stagger nails on adjoining ends tnd edges i see reverse side), or double nailing method may be used (see reverse side). 1. d" thickness 1-1 4!l long, annular ringed GWB-5 1 nail comolyinu with ASd'M Snec. C3S0-58T or 5d, 13-1 2" gage, 1-5, S" long, la, 04" flat head, diamond point, bright finish cooler. For exterior use. use GWB-54 nail only. Same as (A) above or double nailing method may be used (see reverse side-). .') S" thickness TWO-PLY Hd, Id gage, 1-7/S" long, L/411 flat head, ii uiumd point, flse for fire rated consi rueu ons j. 1-3, /' long, annular ringed GWB-54 nail complying with ASd'M i-51` where fire rated construction i.- not required. For exterior use, use GWB-54 nail only. Same is i A) above. Double nailing method may be used (see reverse side), except for fire rated constructions. i ' .Vill':SI ve between luvers f I- Fir.'.i lover -- same as for single layer upnlieauon of thickness used. 2- Face layer -- long enough to pene trate at least. 3/4" into framing member. l ( li Same as (A) above; drive nails flush with paper surface. 2) Lse onl\ enough naiIs to hold wallooard i'i place uniil idhcsive develops adequa'e bond. Suggested spacing Id" on ceilings and Ib'i on walls. j No .r.Uw.'ive us *' 1 belw "cn U\ el'S, i 1 > Fir-r iaver -- same as for single layer apolica' ion. (2 i Face layer -- Iona enough to pene trate at lea-t 1-1/5" into framing member. (1) Same as (A) above, except nails may be spaced a maximum of 14" . Drive nails flush with paper surface, (2) Same as for single layer application or double nailing method may be used (see reverse side;. , Si.inle i;i| i c..iii.in (it 1 :'i r-t-l.tv--r on i v. ' 1-' n e ! .1'. --r i: :. 11 : i : abo\ e , Cl. St;u le - -N.il i me'-t the foliowina minimum -aui m-m--m s: Wire -- lb U. S, 'lone.ir 1 gage flanened galv uiized wire. Sia;do ( : i `-n -- Flat, 7' 16" wide -out- -i ; -ea are,. Staple L -g - -- For -/' thick board -- 1" long > ' i. n verc !' point.-. Ft i 2'' Tii board -- 1-i/S" Ionsj with nv rgent points. (1) Staples shall be driven with the crov.o at right angles to the pacer bound ebues of the wallboard exc<o L where the paper bound edg`*s fall on the framing mem. < :s, : e siaide - shall be driven parallel to 'he edge-.. Staples shall be lrr."n in such a m inner that :he crown bears tightU against du? wallboard but docs not cut into the face paper. The U* of the staple shall be no less than 3 '5" from the ends and edges of the wall board. Spacing of staples sh ill 7" o.c. macimum < u - filings and V o.c. maxi.on ahI 1 q Ma>, 1 AIA N Lfc NUMtStK /j-L . SGP 0028559 SINGLE NAILING "SINGLE NAILING" SYSTEM PROCEDURE: The wallboard shall be held in firm contact with the nailing member while the nails are being driven. Nailing preferably should proceed from the central portion of each piece of wallboard towards ends and edges. Nails shall not be staggered on adjoining edges or ends. Perimeter nailing at the top and bottom is not required. DOUBLE NAILING NAILS: (See Reverse Side) "DOUBLE NAILING" SYSTEM PROCEDURE: 1. Two men are required to nail one ceiling board -- one man nails rows 1. 2, 3 and !; the other nails rows 2A, 3A and 4A. 2. Starting at center of board, nails shown by dot are applied in row 1. then rows 2 and 2A, 3 and 3A, 4 and 4A, etc., always nailing from center to edges of sheet. 3. Apply "double" nails shown by circle O in the same manner as first nails, also starting at row 1. 1. As alternate procedure, "double" nails may be applied immediately after nailing of first nails in each row is completed ac cording to step "2" above. 5. Use single nails on perimeter of board. IMPORTANT: All three field (first) nails in each row should be applied before the ' double" (second) nails are applied. It may be neces sary to "hit" the first nails in each low after the second nail is applied SGP 0028560 AIA FILE HUMBER 23-' FOR RADIANT HEATING with Gypsum Wall board GENERAL The purpose of these recommendations is to explain* the proper use of gypsum wallboard when used with radiant heating. Gypsum wallboard or backing board can be satisfactorily used in conjunction with radiant heating installations, however, certain precautions must be taken to minimize the possibility of such things as cracking due to thermal shock, shadowing under die heating sys tem due to unequal initial drying rates, or calcination of the gypsum wallboard due to over-heating. These recom mendations are intended to provide information which should help avoid such difficulties. TYPES OF RADIANT HEATING SYSTEMS Electrical systems where cables ate located between two layers of gypsum wallboard. Hot water systems in which the heat conducting med iums, such as pipes, are located between two layers of gypsum wallboard. Systems in which the heating elements are located be hind the gypsum wallboard. SPECIFICATIONS Gypsum wallboard shall be applied in accordance with the requirements of ASA A97.1, "Standard Specifications for Gypsum Wallboard Finishes' except as herein modi fied. Systems Using Two Layors of Gypsum Wallboard The first layer of gypsum wallboard or backing board shall be applied horizontally to nailing mem bers using nails as specified below. Nails shall be spaced a maximum of 14" o.c. for the first layer and 7" o.c. for the face layer.* Nails shall be driven flush with surrounding wallboard surfaces for application of the first ply. *For exception see "Note', Electric Heating Systems. Nails: Gypsum Wallboard Thickness : Recommended Nails F iisr Ply 3/8" 1-1/8" or 1-1/4" GWB-54 or 4d, 14 gage, 1-3/8" long, 7/32" Hat head, diamond point, bright fiaish cooler. 1/2" 1-1/4" GWB-54 or 5d, 13-1 '2 gage, 1-5 '3" long, 15/M" flat head, diamond poiot, bright finish cooler. 5/8" 1-3/8" GWB-54 or 6d, 13 gage, 1-7/8" long, 1/4" flat head, diamond point, bright finish cooler. Second Ply GWB-54 Type nails pro viding 3/4" penetration or "Cooler* nails providing l" penetration. Staplas: The first ply only of two-ply construction may be attached by power driven staples. When staples are used, the following recommendations should be employed. The staples shall meet the following minimum requirements: 16 U.S. Standard gage flattened gal vanized wire, 7/16" wide crown, 1" long legs for 3/8" thick board, 1-1/8" long for l/2"thick board and 1-1/4" long for 5/8" thick board, with divergent points. The spacing of staples shall not exceed 7" on center on ceilings. Staples shall be driven with die crown at right angles to the paper bound edges of the gypsum wallboard, except where the paper bound edges fall on the framing members, then the staples shall be driven parallel to the edges. Staples shall be driven in such a manner that the crown bears tightly against the wallboard, but does not cut into the face paper. The legs of the staples shall be no less than 3/8" from the ends and edges of the gypsum wallboard. ELECTRIC HEATING SYSTEMS: Electric heating cables shall be securely attached to the base or first layer of gypsum wallboard in accordance with cable manufacturer's recommendations, with cables parallel to and between nailing members. Cable shall be positioned at least 1-1/4" from center of nailing member on each side so that at least a 2-1/2" unobstructed chan nel is provided under each nailing member. This is ne cessary to prevent nails, used to subsequently attach the face layer of gypsum wallboard, from being driven into the cable. Cables shall cross nailing members only at ends of ceiling 4" to 6" from wall. There shall be at least a 4" space completely around the perimeter of each ceiling, which is clear of cables. Cables shall be kept at least 8" clear of all openings. TYPICAL CEILING LAYOUT PATTERN All inspections and testing of the heating system shall be completed before application of face layer of gypsum wallboard. Heating cable spacing between joists shall be as re- (OVFR) A IA r - I L t N U M b tK Z.J-L. SGP 0028561 commended by the heating cable manufacturer. Under no operating conditions shall the gypsum board core exceed a temperature of 125F. Complete embedding of the heating elements is neces sary. The area between the heating elements shall be filled with a filler which shall be level so there is com plete contact between the face layer and the back layer of gypsum wallboard. (Note: Where the filler serves as an adhesive to hold the face layer, nail spacing may be 7" o.c. for the first layer and 16" o.c. for the face layer.) When required to produce a uniform thickness of the filler and to provide a firm base for nailing, furring strips of a thickness equal to that of the layer of the filler, may be attached over the base layer to the ceiling joist at par allel relationship. The face layer shall be erected im mediately after the filler has been spread. The last nails around the perimeter of the ceiling shall be spaced 8" to 10" away from the adjoining wall to prevent them from striking the electric cables where they cross the framing members. All joints and nail heads shall be finished according to the wallboard manufacturer's recommendations. Allow a minimum of one week with good drying conditions and two weeks in the cold season before turning on the beat ing system. HOT WATER HEATING SYSTEMS: Apply insulating gypsum wallboard for the first layer parallel to the joist v-ith the aluminum foil facing down ward to act as a reflector behind the heating elements. Nails shall be spaced not more than 8" o.c. They shall be driven flush with surrounding wallboard surfaces. Nail 2" x 2" furring strips 16" o.c. over the insulating gypsum wallboard and at right angles to the joists. The heating elements shall be suspended from and sup ported by the framing members and not from the gypsum wallboard. Under no operating conditions shall the gypsum board core exceed a temperature of 125F. Apply the final or face layer in the normal manner, hi right angles to the furring strips. Nails shall be as speci fied for the first ply and shall be spaced not more than 7" o.c. Do not use insulating or foilback wallboard for face layer. All joints and nail heads shall be finished according to the wallboard manufacturer's recommendations. Allow a minimum of one week with good drying conditions and two weeks in the cold season before turning on the beat ing system. OTHER SYSTEMS: Where the heating system is located behind the gypsum wallboard, the recommendations for the applicable sys tem shall be complied with. Under no operating conditions shall the gypsum board core exceed a temperature of 125F. All joints and nail heads shall be finished according to wallboard manufacturer's specifications. Allow a minimum of one week good drying conditions and two weeks in the cold season before turning on the heating system. DESIGN DATA It is the responsibility of the architect to prepare and correlate complete plans and specifications. The limita tions and characteristics of the materials used for the structure shall be taken into consideration. It is t responsibility of the heating engineer to properly design the radiant heating system to work effectively with these materials. Be certain to follow the job specifications. Substitu tions in materials might change the rate of heat flow, which in turn might give results that would make the en tire installation unsatisfactory. The following design data is recommended for use in calculating the heat transmission coefficients (U) for gypsum wallboard. Thermal Conductivity Value*: Conductance *0'' (Thickness as Resistance Materia 1 stated) (1/C) 3/8" gypsum wallboard 1/2" gypsum wallboard 5/8" gypsum wallboard 3.73 2.76 2.42 0.27 0.36 0.41 All inspections and testing of the heating system shall be completed before application of the face layer. DECORATION Decoration of the finished work including sizing or sealing shall not proceed until the heating system has been test operated for a minimum of 24 hours. The sys tem should then be turned off and decorating of the gyp sum wallboard performed. Do not decorate the wallboard while the heating system is being tested, or is in opera tion. It is also recommended that where texture finishes are used, such finishes be allowed to thoroughly set -- dry prior to the operation of the heating system. SGP 0028562 June, 1959 AIA FILE NUMBER 23-L Application of GYPSUM WALLBOARD ON EXTERIOR LOCATIONS MATERIALS AND APPLICATION: Gypsum wallboard (1/2 or 5/8 inches thick) may be used for carport and open porch ceilings and the soffits of eaves that are horizontal or incline down ward away from the building. Materials and application shall be in strict con formance with the requirements of American Standard for Gypsum Wallboard Interior Finishes A97, except as modified below: Nails for 1/2 inch board shall be the annular ringed gypsum wallboard nail GWB-54, complying with the requirements of ASTM Designation C380-58T. Nails for 5/8 inch board shall meet the same requirements except that the length shall be 1-3/8 inches. Suitable drips and mouldings shall be provided around the perimeter to protect from direct ex posure to water. The edges of the board shall be placed not less than 1/4 inch from masonry. The wallboard shall be applied horizontally on nailing members spaced not to exceed 24 inches on center. Joints may be covered with battens or finished with joint treatment. Nailheads shall receive joint treatment in the usual manner. VENTILATION: Adequate ventilation shall be provided for the space immediately above such installations. (Note: The minimum acceptable ventilation shall be as required in the current Minimum Property Requirements of the Federal Housing Administration.) PAINTING: The exposed surface of the board shall be painted with not less than two coats of exterior type oleoresinous or water-thinned emulsion paint. FRAME WALL WOOD FACIA OR WALL GYPSUM WALLBOARD 3 irGALV. METAL TRIM ALTERNATE FACIA DETAILS MASONRY WALL April, 1959 AIA FILE NUMBER 23-L SGP 0028563 AIA FILE NUMBER 23-L "FLOATING" INTERIOR ANGLE METHOD of Application for Gypsum Wallboard The "Floating Angle" method of application of gypsum wallboard was developed to reduce possible wallboard cracking caused by stress at intersections of framed walls and ceilings. This method applies only to gypsum wallboard application when finished with tape and joint cement (an adhesive) treatment. Certain nails are eliminated in all interior angles, both at the horizontal angle where ceiling and sidewalls meet, and in the vertical angle where sidewalls intersect. The "Floating" interior angle application method may be used with (1) Conventional Nailing and (2) Double Nailing. The following changes apply to the above two nailing methods. #hen "floating" interior angles, changes apply only to nailing at angles. All other specifications remain the same. (Consult A.S.A. A97.1, 1958) CONVENTIONAL NAILING METHOD A. Ceilings --(Always apply ceilings first) Horizontal Application. Use recommend ed framing practices for corner nailing. 'X'allboard must fit snugly into all cor ners. Conventional nailing shall be used where the ends of the boards abutt the wall intersection. At the wall-ceiling intersection where the long edges of the board parallel the intersection, the first nail shall be nominally 7 inches from the wall intersection. Conventional nail spacing shall be used in the re mainder of the ceiling area. CEILING-HORIZONTAL APPLICATION (LOOKING UP) CONVENTIONAL NAILING Vertical Application. Conventional nail ing shall be used where the long edges of the board abutt the wall intersection. At the wall and ceiling intersections where the ends of the board parallel the intersections, the first nail shall be nominally 7 inches from the wall inter section. Conventional nail spacing shall be used in the remainder of the ceiling area. CEILING-VERTICAL APPLICATION (LOOKING UP) CONVENTIONAL NAILING (OVER) AIA FILE NUMBER 23-L SGP 0028564 B. Sidewalls -- All wallboard must be applied to maintain firm contact at ceiling line, in order to support the ceil ing boards previously applied. Along the ceiling intersection, omit nails directly at the ceiling angle. The first nail shall be nominally 8 inches from the ceiling intersection. At all vertical in terior angles, omit only the corner nailing of the board first applied and to be overlapped in the angle. The overlapping board is to be nailed in the conventional manner, 8 inches on center. Con ventional nail spacing shall be used in the remainder of the wall area. OMIT NAILS HIRE CONVENTIONAL NAILING 8'0.C. MAX. EXCEPT OMIT NAILS WITHIN 8" OF CEILING LINE INTERIOR WALL CORNERS HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL APPLICATION CONVENTIONAL NAILING DOUBLE NAILING METHOD Refer to standard specifications for the "Double Nailing" method. Note that the perimeter nailing is the same as the "Conventional Nailing Method", but the field of the board is nailed in pairs (1-1/2" to 2" apart) approximately 12 inches on center on both sidewalls and ceilings. To adapt this method to "Floating Corners', follow the changes listed under Conventional Nailing Method as they apply to the perimeters of the gypsum board at the interior angles. Tune 22, 1959 SGP 0028565 SGP 0028566 FIRESTOP DESCRIPTION Improved Bestwall Firestop is a gypsum wallboard reinforced with specific amounts of incombustible glass fibers and unexpanded vermiculite. Under heat this results in a thermal stabilized core which provides increased fire protection. The high glass fiber content also gives increased strength and better nailing qual ities. Improved Bestwall Firestop has the highest glass fiber content of any Bestwall gypsum product. The original Type "X" gypsum wallboard provided a full 1 hour fire retardant rating in single layer appli cation over incombustible and combustible framed walls and partitions and under floor and ceiling assemblies. Now through greater glass fiber rein forcement, its fire resistance has been increased to permit two hours when used in single layer treatment as the ceiling below an incombustible floor and ceil ing assembly. Bestwall Firestop in various assemblies meets Build ing Code requirements from 45 minutes to 3 hours fire resistance for interior wall and ceiling construction in buildings of all types from highly incombustible to wood frame; and for various occupancies of residen tial, oublic and commercial character. ADVANTAGES Extra glass fiber content gives greater protection, additional flexural strength to minimize breakage in handling and installation, and better nailing qual ities Various assemblies provide 45 minutes to 3 hour fire protection No joint treatment of any kind is re quired to obtain fire resistant ratings Lowest cost 2 hour fire resistive incombustible floor and ceiling as sembly available Large, lightweight panels handle easily Official Fire Hazard Classification by U.L. 10-15 Flamespread. PRODUCT USE 3estwall Firestop is recommended where fire resist ance is desired and for Building Code Requirements of 45 minutes to 3 hours for interior wall and ceiling construction in residential, commercial and public buildings. DATA Thickness: Vi", %" Length: 6' to 16' (in even feet) Width: 4' (2' on order) Edges: Tapered or Square (Tongue and Groove backer only) Packaging: Twin Mounted, end taped Application: Horizontal application is recommended for new improved Firestop. Start application in upper corner, working across and down. Either cut open ings out of full panels or plan joints to occur on the studs nearest the center of the openings. No joint treatment or further surface treatment of any kind is required. Nails Wallboard Nail Spacings Thickness Walls Ceilings 5d--1%" long-- Vi" 5d Coole r 7" 6" 15/64" head-13'/a ga. 6d--1 %" long-- %" 6d Coole r 7" 6" Va" head--13 ga. Drywall Screws Vi" or Length 12" Varies BW-63285-REV. 10 64 SGP 0028567 (over) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS POSSIBLE WITH BESTWALL FIRESTOP CONSTRUCTION PARTITIONS: 2" x 4" Wood Studs: 16" O.C. Load bearing except when noted "N''. Nailable Steel Stud; Load Bearing 3%" 24" O.C. Screw Type Steel Stud; Non Load Bearing IVb" 24" O.C. 3W 24" O.C. 3W' 24" O.C. 3*Vfe" 24" O.C. 1W 24" O.C. 3Ve" 24" O.C. 3%" 24" O.C. 3%" 24" O.C. Semi-Solid; Gypsum Stud Non Load Bearing Solid Gypsum Board Double Solid Gypsum Board THICK- WEIGHT NESS LBjSO-FT. WALL SURFACE 4%" W 4%" 5.2 %" Bestwall Firestop, Both sides 5.9 6.0 1V/2?"" Bestwall Firestop, Both sides Bestwall Firestop, Both sides, with Mineral Wool in stud space FIRE RESISTANCE RATING TEST 1 REF. 30 Min. 45 Min. 1 Hr. __ U.L. #1 -- MODEL CODE APPROVALS 2 __ BC 47/8" 5V2" 6Vs" 5'/b" (N) 5 %" 5%" 6" 7.0 Wn" Bestwall Firestop, Both sides 1 Hr. U.L. #5 9.5 W Bestwall Firestop, 1 layer one side, 2 layers other side 1V2 Hr. EST. 12.0 W Bestwall Firestop, 2 layers each side 2 Hr. T-194 8.5 Bestwall Firestop, over V2" sound deadening board both sides 1 Hr. T-3006 13.4 Vs" Bestwall Firestop, 2 layers each side staggered studs 2 Hr. EST. 7.1 Wf Bestwall Firestop, 1 layer nailed one side, 1 layer on resilient furring other side 7.2 w Bestwall Firestop, 1 layer nailed one side, 1 layer on resilient furring other side plus fiber glass insulation in stud space 9.6 Wf Bestwall Firestop, 2 layers one side, 1 layer on resilient furring other side 1 Hr. 1 Hr. IV2 Hr. EST. EST. EST. ABC __ ABC -- -- -- -- -- 4%" 6Va" 6.5 Bestwall Firestop, 1 layer each side 11.5 w Bestwall Firestop, 2 layers each side 1 Hr. 2 Hr. U.L. #3 U.L #4 ABC BC 27ft" 4%" 5V2" 5V2" 37/e" 6Vs" 6" 6Vb" 21/4" 4%" 2V4" 4" 5" 6" 5.7 5ft" Beswtall Firestop, 1 layer each side 6.0 W' Beswtall Firestop, 1 layer each side 8.5 Mi" Bestwall Firestop, 1 layer one side, 2 layers other side 8.6 %" Bestwall Firestop, 1 layer one side, fiber glass insulation in stud space, 2 layers other side 8.4 5ft" Bestwall Firestop, 1 layer one side, fiber glass insulation in stud space, 1 layer %" Bestwall Firestop over 1" core board other side u.o W Bestwall Firestop, 2 layers each side 8.8 W Bestwall Firestop, 2 layers one side, 1 layer over W fiber glass board other side 11.1 W Bestwall Firestop, 2 layers each side, fiber glass insulation in stud space Bestwall Hummer System "B" 7.2 Wf Bestwall Firestop, 1 layer each side 1" x 6" Rib 10.0 w Bestwall Firestop over 1/2" Sound Deadening Board each side of 21/2" x 3" Gypsum Rib 9.1 W Bestwall Firestop each 1" Core Board 13.4 W Bestwall Firestop, 2 layers each side 1" Rib 13.4 w Bestwall Firestop, 2 layers each side 1" Rib 9.5 w Bestwall over W Bestwall Firestop, each side 1" ribs 1 Hr. 1 Hr. IV2 Hr. IV2 Hr. IV2 Hr. 2 Hr. 2 Hr. 2 Hr. T-2316 T-2016 EST. EST. EST. EST. EST. EST. 1 Hr. 1 Hr. 2 Hr. 2 Hr. 3 Hr. IV2 Hr. U.L. #10 EST. U.L #7 U.L. #5 U.L. ABC -- __ -- ABC -- -- ABC AB--C FLOOR & CEILING: Wood Joists 16" O.C. Ceiling Finished floor on rough subfloor 11.4 12.0 14.6 V?" Bestwall Firestop 5/8" Bestwall Firestop 2 layers of W Firestop with resilient furring channel 24" O.C. between layers 45 Min. 1 Hr. 2 Hr. U.L. # 1 U.L #1 U.L #217 C ABC 11.5 1/2" Bestwall Firestop applied to resilient metal furring 24" O.C. 1 Hr. U.L. #33 -- Steel Bar Joists 24" O.C. 2" Concrete Floor on Metal lath centering With 2V2" Concrete Floor STEEL COLUMN Fire Proofing Ceiling 34.2 34.2 33.9 34.1 34.6 Va" Bestwall Firestop nailed or screwed to metal furring 16" O.C. Va" Bestwall Firestop Backer, nailed or screwed to metal furring 16" O.C. i/2" Bestwall Firestop, metal furring 24" O.C. Ve" Bestwall Firestop, metal furring 24" O.C. 5/8" Bestwall Firestop, metal furring 24" O.C. 5ft" Bestwall Firestop, 2 layers W Bestwall Firestop, 3 layers 1 Hr. 1 Hr. IV2 Hr. IV2 Hr. 2 Hr. 2 Hr. 3 Hr. U.L. #2 __ U.L. #17 U.L. #13 U.L. #69 U.L. #8 U.L. #18 ABC ABC -- -- -- Fire Hazard Classification--Official Underwriters' Tests. W and W Bestwall Firestop, 10-15 (LABELED) 1. Official Underwriters' Tests have proven joint finishing is not required for the rating in assemblies of Firestop. 2. Under "Model Building Code Approvals" A, refers to International Con ference of Building Officials; 8, refers to Southern Building Code Congress; C, refers to Building Officials Conference of America. SGP 0028568 BEST-. 7 1 ' y ? 3 7 co ?a Y (&PSTJM UALLBOARD HACTJAL 1965 EBITIO?T Section 5 Sub-Section 0 FIRESTOP Application Retails A single layer of 5/8" Firestop over wood studs or steel studs, Underwriters' description does not say whether the hoard has to he applied horizontally or vertically. On wood studs, most of the fire tests with single layer of 5/8'' Firestop have been made with the hoard applied horizontally. On the steel studs, there have been tests both vertically and horizontally in single layer. For the rating, the single layer of 5/8"Firestop for one hour may be applied either horizontally or vertically over wood or metal studs for wall assemblies, Bestwall has proven by test and Underwriters' have so indicated in their Listings relative to Bestwall that it is not necessary to have the paper tape and cement over the joints whether the board has been applied vertically or horizontally. Insofar as the two layer application is concerned, the very first successful 2 hour wall test with 5/8" fire rated gypsum wallboard was made by bestwall with Firestop at the Ohio State University back in 1952. In this test, in an effort to anticipate arguments from Building Inspectors and others concerned with installa tion details, the board was applied with both layers vertically, and the joint in each layer directly one over the other. This is the very weakest way structurally and fire-wise that the assembly could be erected. This assembly developed two hour fire resistance. It should be your contention, which has been accepted by Building Officials wherever approval has been requested, that regardless of how two layers of 5/8" Firestop are applied over the framing, vertically, horizontally, the two layers in opposite directions, joints directly one over the other, or staggered, that the assembly will develop 2 hours provided sufficient fasteners are included (that is the number that had been used in the fire test). In many of the non--load bearing partition assemblies, the boards were erected vertically because essentially, with the use of ribs and other details, this was the normal way to erect it. However, insofar as the double solid and solid parti tions are concerned, the face layer on each side may be erected horizontally and the partition still develop the fire resistance. The application of the face layer in any case depends on a consideration of the floor to ceiling height, amount of joints, location of drop ceilings, items to be attached to the wall, or other matters which would indicate a preference for vertical or horizontal application. The matter of a firestop at mid-height in partitions also conies up for some dis cussion. By and large, all wood stud partition fire tests, whether they are with wallboard or lath and plaster, whether they have been sponsored by Bestwall, the Gypsum Association, or some of the other competitors have generally included a firestop at raid-height insofar- as wood studs are concerned. The minimum height SGP 0028569 GYPSUM WALL30ABD MAFJAL 1965 Edition - 2~ Section 5 Sul)-Section C for an official wall fire test is 91* Most of the tests have "been made on 10' high test panels. However, under the Building Codes in many parts of the Country a fire stop is not required with stud spaces 8* or less in height. In a majority of case in erecting fire rated assemblies, no firestop is used in such locations. This is a technicality which is now up for clarification before building code groups such as the International Conference of Building Officials. Unofficially, these people have indicated they will not require the firestop in stud spaces 8* and less. In other words, they apply the same rule of firestopping to fire rated assemblies as to nonrated assemblies. If this becomes a problem in your area, remind your building officials that the Bestwall TTummer System "Bn (the Industry semi-solid) partition did not have a firestop of any type nor did the double solid partitions which have been tested for 2 and 3 hours. In all ceiling applications, the wallboard has been applied at right angles to the nailing member. Underwriters' have officially indicated Bestwall does not have to have the joints finished with paper tape and cement in any assemblies they have tested in order to obtain fire resistive rating shown in their listing. SGP 0028570 SGP 0028571 original thermo-stabilized TEflWAUJ Vs" FIRESTOP GYPSUM BACKER for 1-hour fire resistance in single-layer application Bestwall %" Firestop Gypsum Backer is designed to provide up to 1-hour fire protection in a construction and is used as a backing for decorative surface treatments of acoustical plasters and tile, plywood, veneers, etc. A single-layer application of Firestop Gypsum Backer on both sides of wood or steel framing enables load bearing or non-load bearing walls and ceilings in floor-ceiling constructions to resist up to 1700F for 1-hour. Firestop Gypsum Backer consists of a gypsum core with unexpanded vermiculite, reinforced with 6.3 miles of high tensile strength glass fibers, firmly bonded to a fibrous grey paper facing on both sides. The vermiculite balances gypsum shrinkage by expanding when exposed to heat while the textile glass filaments keep the core intact even after its chemically combined water has been released. Bestwall %" Firestop Gypsum Backer is available in Tongue & Groove 2'x8' panels*. The T&G edges increase the rigidity of the panels in a structure and eliminate the need for taping and joint work. Normal shipping package consists of two 2'x8' panels bound at cut-ends by a twin mounting tape, showing the Underwriters' Manifest. :5/a" Firestop Gypsum Backer is available in 4' wide sheets, square edge, 8', 10', and 12' long. SGP 0028572 BESTWALL F!KE$TO GYPSUM BACKER GLASS FIBER REINFORCED FOR GREATER STRENGTH AND FLEXIBILITY ADVANTAGES FIRE RESISTANCE--Bestwall Firestop Gypsum Backer meets ASTM Std. C-36 and is approved under building codes throughout the United States. (See Underwriters' Manifest on twin mounting tape.) CRACK RESISTANCE--Glass fiber reinforcement provides greater resistance to cracks caused by normal structural movement, minor settlement and vibrations. ECONOMY--Provides up to 1-hour fire resistive wall and floor and ceiling constructions in a single-layer application. Tongue & Groove edges eliminate costly joint treatments. DECORATION BASE--Smooth, unbroken wall and ceiling surfaces of %" Firestop Gypsum Backer provide an excellent base for decorative surface treatments. UNIFORMITY--Plant fabrication of Bestwall Fire stop Gypsum Backer assures true wall and ceil ing surfaces and provides uniform fire protection. RIGIDITY--T&G joints add rigidity without joint. Bestwall Firestop Gypsum Backer has flexural strengths of 225 to 275 lbs., well exceeding ASTM Std. requirements of 145 lbs. VERSATILITY--May be applied over load bearing or non-load bearing wood or metal framing and retains its fire resistive ratings and strength when spanned 16"o.c. or 24"o.c. INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS SCOPE--All walls and ceilings shall be covered with %" Firestop Gypsum Backer as specified in the plans. FRAMING--All framing members shall be straight and true, effectively fire-stopped and set not to exceed 16" o.c. In steel-stud wall partitions, spans shall not exceed 24" o.c. Nailing members shall be provided in both planes at all interior and exterior angles. Headers shall be provided for all fixtures as indicated in framing details. Estab lish headers where necessary so that all vertical joints and ends of backerboard fall on supporting members. Proper changes shall be made in ap plications over steel framing. MATERIALS--Firestop Gypsum Backer shall be %" thick and manufactured by the Bestwall Gypsum Company, Ardmore, Pennsylvania. The backerboard shall comply with the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifi cations for Gypsum Wallboard, Serial Designa tion C-36, and Federal Specifications for Gypsum Wallboard, SS-W-51a. Panels shall be %" thick, 2' wide and 8' long and/or 4' wide, square edge, 8', 10' or 12' long. Each panel shall bear the manufacturers' identity and the twin mounting tape binding the cut ends of the panels shall show the manifest of the Underwriters' Labora tories. Nails shall be 6d c.c. 13 gage flat-head nails, iy8" long. For metal framing, use No. 6 flat-head sheet metal screws for furring channels or IV4" annular nails for nailing channels. APPLICATION--Firestop Gypsum Backer shall be installed in accordance with Bestwall Gypsum Company specifications. %" Frestop Gypsum Backer shall be applied with long dimensions (edges) across framing members. (This is known as "Horizontal" appl cation.) First apply %" Firestop Gypsum Backer to ceiling areas. Then, starting at end of one wall, erect the top board first in "horizontal" position; work around the room using lengths and cuttings boards where necessary. All boards shall be in moderate con tact, with none forced in place. Vertical joints shall be staggered and shall not occur on the same stud on both sides in a partition structure. Nails shall be spaced 5" to 7" apart on ceilings and 6" to 8" aoart on side walls and never less than 3/g'' from edges and ends of board. Drive nail-heads slightly below board's surface. Do not use nail-set or otherwise break surface paper. Do not stagger nails at adjoining edges or ends. F KtfWALL BESTWALL GYPSUM COMPANY, Ardmore, Perma. Plants and Offices throughout the United States FORM NO 3W-61105 SGP 0028573 BEST WALL GYPSUF COMPANY GYPSUM WALLBOARD MANUAL 1965 EDITION Section 5 Sub-Section D TILE BACKER BOARD Bestwall Tile Backer is the name of the new product released by Bestwall to compete with U.S,,G0*s W/R Board and National's vinyl faced Bathroom board. This product has a light blue face paper to distinguish it from other gypsum board products and a highly treated core which makes it even more resistant to water moisture than gypsum sheathing. It is available wide x 81, 115 or 12* long, with tapered edges. The end bundling tape will be similar to that used on Tlru-Grain and Eternawall, with the size printed on a white end bundling tape and showing "Bestwall Tile Backer" pasted on the face of the end bundl ing tape. Application specifications are covered in the attached material which is available from the Advertising Department in the standard manner. Application Please notice Bestwall Tile Backer is applied similarly to regular gypsum wallboard insofar as nailing, cutouts, and details around the tub or shower are concerned, except that a special self-adhering vinyl tape 2" wide is specified to cover the exposed core around holes for pipes and other cutouts in the board and over the comer joints or any other joints which occur in the area to be tiled. This tape is 2" wide by 2161 long. Approximately 1 roll is necessary per thousand square feet of board. The nails should be driven flush with the paper surface but not in a dimple. If the paper surface is broken, a piece of the special tape should be used to cover the cut or exposed areas. Special point application is not required for Bestwall Tile Backer Board around cut or exposed raw edges. Application Advantages 1, Bestwall's board has an advantage in that it may be used above the area to be tiled and with the joints & nailheads in this area treated as with regular tapered edge wallboard, can then be primed and painted with the rest of the regular wallboard areas, A waterproof primer or sealer over the wallboard under the tile is not required. Tile may be applied directly to Bestwall Tile Backer with the adhesive recommended by the Hie Manufacturer. Requirements for blocking and other bracing follow standard wallboard practice. SGP 0028574 GYPSUM VALLBOARD MANUAL 1965 Edition -2 - Section $ Sub-Section D 2. Notice that both U.S.G. and National recommend horizontal application. Bear in mind that Bestwall's board may be applied either horizontally or vertically. If it is applied horizontally, then the paper edge of the board should be applied just above the edge of the tub or shower receptacle (held up approximately 4" or held up by means of a Special Metal Section available with Metal Corners and Casings)# If the board is applied vertically, then the special self adhering vinyl tape should be applied over the open edge of the board which is down at the tub or shower receptacle edge a Product Bestwall's material is fully competitive with USG's and differs entirely from that of National1 . -- regular gypsum wallboard with a sheet of 2 mil clear vinyl over the face surface. If a square foot of material is cut from a full sheet of each of the three products, then put in a bucket of water, Bestwall's and USG's will perform essentially equally and float for a long period of time while National's will act as a regular gypsum wal1board, quickly absorb water and sink. The "Boat" sample widely promoted by USG has their recommended painted treatment around the edges which makes it more water resistant and able to float for a longer period of time, than a piece cut from the center of a full sheet of their material. To make an equal comparision, Bestwall's board should have the tape used for the cut edges applied around the edges of a sample which has been cut from a sheet of similar size to that used as the "Boat". In this regard, if National's board were treated in a similar manner, it would not remain floating as long as the Bestwall or U.S, G. products, since the back paper on National's is not as moisture resistant as the back paper on the other two products and with the regular wallboard core. Once the water has penetrated the back paper, it xd.ll be rapidly absorbed into the core. SGP 0028575 TILE BACKER BOARD WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM WALLBOARD DESCRIPTION Bestwall Tile Backer Board is a water-resist ant gypsum product with a blue face paper that is designed for use as a base for the adhesive application of ceramic, metal or plastic tile. The gypsum core consists of in combustible gypsum rock combined with a water resisting emulsion. Tile Backer Board can be erected as easily as wallboard and requires no finishing of joints and nail heads with joint treatment or further waterproofing. Tile Backer Board can be sealed quickly and easily at cut edges with a special vinyl tape which is also used over joints. This tape is available in 2" wide, 108 and 216 foot rolls. Tile can be applied directly to Tile Backer Board with an adhe sive. As in all Bestwall gypsum board prod ucts, Tile Backer Board is reinforced with glass fibers to provide greater resistance to shock and greater compressive strength. BEflWAU. ADVANTAGES Offers permanent tile backing in bathroom and shower areas Specially treated core and face paper are water resistant Easily erected Taping joints and cut edges with vinyl pressure-sensitive tape saves time and money Cut eages sealed neater and easier with the special vinyl tape Not necessary to prime with a continuous water proof barrier Little waste, low cost Can be easily primed and painted just as regular wallboard Tile can be directly applied with an adhesive Glass fibers give added strength. PRODUCT USE Bestwall Tile Backer Board is the ideal tile back ing for bathrooms, kitchens, powder rooms, utility rooms, and all other high moisture areas. DATA Tile Backer Board Thickness: Vi" Length: 8', 11'and 12' Width: 4' Edge: Tapered Packaging: Twin mounted, end taped Vinyl Tape Length: 108' and 216' Width: 2" BW-4449 Rev. 10/64 APPLICATION Framing: Framing members 16" o.c. shall be firmly secured and shall be plumb and true. Studs should be furred out as necessary around tub enclosures and shower stalls so the inside lip of the tub, pre fabricated receptor or sub-pan will be flush with the face of the Tile Backer Board. Also, the top of such furring shall be even with the upper edge of tub or shower pan. NOTE: Receptors and pans shall have an upstand ing lip or flange 1" higher than the water dam or threshold of shower. Tubs, shower receptors or pans shall be installed prior to erection of the Tile Backer Board. A clearance of V' shall be maintained between the tub lip and board. A specially designed metal section for this purpose may be used. Appropriate blocking, as required, shall be pro vided for tub, plumbing fixtures, soap dishes, grab bars, towel racks, etc. Studs spaced in excess of 16" o.c. shall require suitable blocking when surfacing walls with cer amic tiles over Vi" thick. One row of blocking shall be located approximately 1" above the top of the tuo or shower receptor and the other midway between tub and ceiling. SGP 0028576 (over) Board Preparation: For adequate protection, the 2" vinyl tape constitutes an integral part of the tile backing system. It must be applied to cut edges and around pipe openings cut in the board prior to erection of the Tile Backer Board. INSTALLATION Bestwall Tile Backer Board shall be installed in accordance with ASA specifications for application of gypsum wallboard. 1. Tile Backer Board should be applied horizontally to minimize butt joints. The paper bound edge should abutt the top edge of a temporary strip or shim which, when removed before application of tile, will allow a Va" clearance between the Tile Backer Board and tub or receptor lip. Make sure that any cut edges at this location have been sealed with the vinyl tape. 2. GWB #54 114" ring shank nails, 7" o.c. for ceilings and 8" o.c. for side walls, shall be used. Side walls to be faced with ceramic tile thicker than Va" should be nailed 4" o.c. Nails should be dimpled, with care taken not to rupture or tear the face paper. If such damage does occur, seal this area with vinyl tape before the tile is applied. If desired, 1" long drywall screws can be used in accordance with ASA 97. Also, where adhesive nail-on application is de sired and the fasteners reduced, maintain at least 2 fasteners per board width per support. After the Tile Backer Board is erected, the vinyl tape shall be used to cover joints and cut edges of board before applying tile. 3. Ceiling areas should be completed first and, if possible, span the entire width or length of the ceiling to eliminate end joints; otherwise stagger joints. Application of tile in ceiling areas with adhesives is not recommended. 4. Ceilings and side walls above tile area shall receive standard Bestwall joint treatment before application of tiles. In so doing, any vinyl tape extending beyond the intended tile line must be removed. The vinyl tape may be cut and peeled from the board without significant dam age to the face paper. NOTE: Do not attempt to accomplish standard joint treatment on top of the vinyl tape. The surface of the Tile Backer Board to be faced with tile does not require use of water resistant sealants, skim coats of tile adhesive or similar waterproofing membranes prior to application of tile. SGP 0028577 FEDERAL HOUSING ADMINISTRATION WASHINGTON, 6. C. 20411 MATERIALS RELEASE No. 504 Date September 23, 1964 Data on the nonstandard product described herein have been reviewed by FHA and determination has been made that it is considered suitable from a technical standpoint (or the use indicated herein. This Release does not purport to establish a comparative quality or value rating for this product ns compared to standard products normally used in the same manner. This Materials Release cannot be used as an indication of endorsement, approval or acceptance by the Federal Housing Administration of the described product, and any state ment or representation, however made, indicating such approval, endorsement or accept ance by the Federal Housing Administration is unauthorized. See Code, 18, U.S.C. 709. . Any reproduction of this Release must be in its entirety. PRODUCT* Tile Backer Board Water Resistant Gypsum Wallboard PRODUCER:, Bestwall Gyspurn Company 2 Industrial Boulevard Paoli, Pennsylvania 19301 USE: As a water resistant base for the direct application of adhesively applied ceramic and othdr wall tile primarily in bathrooms and shower stalls. DESCRIPTION: Tile Backer Board consists of a core of incombustible gypsum rock combined with a water resisting emulsion to which is laminated a water resistant light blue face chip board paper with high suction coating and 0 breather type black paper. Standard thickness of l/2 ihch. (5/8" thick material may be used). Sheets are 4 feet in width, tapered edge, 8, 11 or 12 feet in length. INSTALLATION: Installation 6hall be strictly in accordance with the producer's applica tion instructions. 1. Apply the 1/2 inch Tile Backer Board horizontally with the factory (paperbound) edge maintained a minimum of 1/4 inch above the lip of tub, receptor or sub-pan. Tile Backer Board is designed for use on framing 16 inches o.c. When framing is more than 16 inches o.c., suitable blocking shall be installed between the 6tuds. One row of blocking Shall be placed approximately 1 inch above the top of tub or receptor and another at the midpoint between the tub and ceiling. Nailing shall comply with the requirements of the Minimum Property Standards for 1/2 inch dryvall. . 2. All cut ends and any exposed core at openings for soap dishes, escutcheons, etc. shall be thoroughly covered with special vinyl tape. SGP 0028578 3. The adhesive shall comply with Commercial Standard CS 181-32 "WaterResistant Organic Adhesive for Installation of Clay Tile" or CS 168-50 "Polystyrene Plastic Wall Tiles and Adhesives for Iheir Application". Tile adhesive shall be approved by the manufacturer of the surfacing material for use over gypsum wallboard. Water-thinned mastics shall not be used. 4. Changes in the design composition or application instructions shall void the suitability of this product for the intended use outlined herein. HP - r $ GYPSUM WALLBOARD IN SHOWER AREAS Gypsum Association 201 North Wells Street Chicago, Illinois 60606 1350 N. Highland Avenue Hollywood, California 90028 mr sift-05 .'i' * SGP 002851 A test program, conducted by the Illinois Institute of Technology's Research Institute, revealed the perform ance of four basic types of backing wall or base systems which receive ceramic tile in bath and shower areas. Purposes of the test were: 1. To determine the effectiveness of gypsum products when installed in accordance with recommendations of the Gypsum Association. 2. To determine the effectiveness of gypsum wallboard construction when installed contrary to recom mended specifications. 3. To evaluate the performance of gypsum wallboard constructions using adhesives that clearly show bytest that they comply with CS-181-52. 4. To compare performance of the gypsum wallboard and gypsum lath and plaster constructions with Portland cement-plaster over metal lath, and as bestos cement board -- all constructed with recommended procedures. Gypsum Association recommendations for use of gypsum wallboard as a base to receive ceramic tile are: 1. A in. minimum clearance between paperbound edge of gypsum wallboard and the tub. 2. Apply wallboard same as in other rooms. SGP 0028580 m sw. ,, ^ -" '-'? , t v4 % p j JAf ;ll r;r'+^|-4'' ^trp*^5Et3^7o&^ i V;- - r * "v ';. .iVS- iYii.i'ftri.<?j7v-i/-Y?i '-ri- hrj rCt wriTG i *A* t i ^ ^rftja?3^rQrtT33ftw^tEinr!^yiK/36rinfnjso'/^^ > i, * " k WH'W*'*. >4t. 41 # L V * -* .W j*dV * -< A h ', K*..v,,V j -Ty^raa p ** ''FOr^iyi1 '^ViSiAdmp 6V . i^'rrDmDiiiTj'h^^^'iP Ttn "i toxin a, tout ''r^ift.rO- *Ojtqj^5iL*iY 1^vj'Oj- ihOieIi i] 'iV^ifCTrai-ro ' p,SH siw{. m g /.sAStSS: GYPSUM WALLBOARD . . . installed in accordance with Gypsum Association recom mendations. GYPSUM PLASTER . . . over gypsum lath (specimen 2-3) installed in accordance with Gypsum Association rec ommendations; Portland ce ment-plaster over metal lath (specimen 2-2) installed in ac cordance with American Stand ard Specification. A42.3-1946. GYPSUM WALLBOARD . . . (specimen 3-1) using cut edges, small pieces, paperbound edge abutting edge of receptor base; gypsum wallboard (specimen 3-2) using cut edges, small pieces, skim coat omitted and paperbound edge abutting edge of receptor. ii 8 7, - ." , -'. j `$y, '-* 'i .. ,;y ,,# * - X".IStt i. . 3. Two coats of recommended adhesive---skim coat and bedding coat. Three identical shower sralls were erected for the test. Each shower stall was composed of framing ma terial. nine different base systems, a ceramic tile adhesive recommended by the Tile Contractors' Asso ciation of America, and ceramic tile. The base systems tested were: Shower stall No. 1 Panel < 1)--Regular 1 -_>-in. gypsum wallboard installed in accordance with Gypsum Association recommended procedure. Panel (2)--Same as panel number one except without a skim coat of adhesive. Panel ('])--Same as panel number one except without an adhesive dam and wiLh the grout joint broken at the receptor line. Shower stall No. 2 Panel (l)--Asbestos cement board installed in ac cordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Panel < 2) --Portland cement-plaster over metal lath in accordance with American Standard Portland Cement Plastering Specification--A42.3--19-16. Panel (>'/--Gypsum lath and plaster installed in ac cordance with Gypsum Association recommendations. SGP 0028581 Shower stall No. 3 Panel (1)--Regular ^2-in. gypsum wallboard using cut edges and small pieces of wallboard. Paperbound edge of board abutted edge of receptor. Panel (2)--Regular 14-in. gypsum wallboard using cut edges and small pieces. Also, paperbound edges abutted edge of receptor and skim coat omitted. Panel (3)--Regular ',4-in. gypsum wallboard with cut edge of wallboard abutting receptor base. To insure conformance with good construction prac tice, personnel from the appropriate trades installed the backing materials for ceramic tile. A lawn-type, rotating sprinkler was installed in each shower stall to provide simultaneous exposure to all systems -- force of the spray was deliberately much greater than that found in average shower areas. The amount, pressure and temperature of water was con trolled -- identical for all construction specimens. Pre cautionary techniques were utilized to prevent the passage of moisture from one system to another. Ex haust fans and protective polyethylene curtains on shower stall doors were also installed to prevent ex posure to the rear faces of backing systems. Moisture sensing devices were installed in each specimen to determine moisture content of backing materials prior to water spray exposure. A heavy water spray of four gallons per minute at 110 :F. was applied to each specimen for 10 continuous minutes in every hour -- an exposure of 40 gallons in 10 minutes. This procedure continued--10-minute exposure, 50-minute rest period -- 24 hours per day for five days. At the end of this five-day cycle, the water was shut off and data gathering functions were performed. The test continued for 59 weeks. In addition to moisture content readings, each speci men was inspected for its general condition. All signs of failure, water leaks or cracks in grout lines were recorded. The conclusions of the IIT Research Institute clearly support the use of gypsum products as backing mate rials to receive ceramic tile in bath and shower areas when installed in accordance with recommendations of the Gypsum Association. Of all systems tested . . . "Satisfactory performance of backing systems receiving ceramic tile application were obtained with the follow ing constructions: a. Gypsum wallboard (to in. thick) installed in ac cordance with applicable Gypsum Association re commendations. b. Gypsum plaster over gypsum lath, installed in accordance with applicable Gypsum Association recommendations. c. Portland cement-plaster over metal lath." The following highlights of the research findings were also reported by the IIT Research Institute: "The adverse effect of installing gypsum wallboard with either the paperbound or cut edge abutting the shower receptor base was clearly evident and should be avoided. "... poor performance may be anticipated where numerous pieces of gypsum wallboard are used or where the skim coat has been omitted. "Dimensional changes in the assembly containing the asbestos cement board as a result of temperature variations, produced extensive grout joint cracking early in the program." Results of this test program support the use of gypsum wallboard and gypsum plaster over gypsum lath as backing systems to receive ceramic tile in bath and shower areas when installed in accordance with Gypsum Association recommendations and used with ceramic tile adhesives which have been proven to comply with CS-181-52. SGP 0028583 INSULATING GYPSUM WALLBOARD DESCRIPTION Bestwall Insulating Gypsum Wallboard is regular gypsum wallboard, also reinforced with glass fibers for greater strength, with bright aluminum foil laminated to the back surface. In a single layer application it provides the advantages of regular gypsum wallboard plus giving effective insulation and an efficient vapor barrier. With out additional costs, a separate and continuous vapor barrier automatically goes up on the warm side of the wall when Bestwall Insulating Gypsum Wallboard is used. The aluminum foil reflects 90% of radiant heat, providing insula tion qualities equal to Vi" of fiberboard insula tion (Test by U.S. Bureau of Standards). Insulat ing Gypsum Wallboard is available with square or tapered edges. ADVANTAGES Miles of glass fibers are dispersed in the gypsum core to provide added resilience, strength and handling ease Aluminum foil stops vapor from entering the exterior wall construction, thereby reducing condensation in stud spaces Large, lightweight panels handle easily and can be scored and snapped to desired size Solid gypsum core will not burn or support combustion Easy to decorate with paint, wallpaper, etc. PRODUCT USES Bestwall Insulating Wallboard is used on interior side of exterior walls to provide thermal insulation and a vapor barrier. DATA Thickness: 3/8", 1/2", 5/8" Length: 6' to 16' (in even feet) Width: 4' Edges: Tapered, Square Packaging: Twin Mounted Application: Insulating Gypsum Wallboard should be applied horizontally just as a single layer of regular gypsum wallboard. This gives a stronger wall and will reduce the number of joints to be treated. Start application in an upper corner, working across and down. Either cut openings out of full panels or plan joints to occur on the studs nearest the center of openings. Panels must be in stalled with foil side against the studs. To have reflective insulation value and be acceptable to FHA for insulation, the aluminum foil must face a minimum air space of 3/4". For further details refer to our application instruction folder. Nails: GWB-54 Annular Ring Nails-- 1/4" head -- .098" Dia. -- ASTM C380 1-1/4" long Wallboard Thickness 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" Nail 1-1/4" GWB-54 1-3/8" GWB-54 1-3/8" GWB-54 Spacing Walls Ceilings 8" 7" 8" 7" 8" 7" 8W-63275 5M 6/63 SGP 0028584 SGP 0028585 ETERNAWALL Eternawall is a vinyl-clad gypsum wallboard by Bestwall. Available in a variety of colors and textures, it provides beauty and utility to com mercial, institutional, and home interiors. The durable vinyl won't chip or peel, never needs papering or painting, and can be washed with common household cleaners. The gypsum wallboard is strong and resilient, reinforced with miles of glass fiber filaments. The solid gypsum core is incombustible. In combination with the flameproof vinyl covering, it offers excellent fire protection. Eternawall's colors won't fade. The deep linentextured vinyl surface can even be scrubbed without damage to color, texture or design. Be cause of its ability to take hard wear and to resist stains, Eternawall is ideal for restaurants, hotels, clubs,and hospitals as well for home use. The large panels of Eternawall are easily in stalled, by amateur or "pro". Used on any wall, Eternawall imports extra wear-resistance as well as outstanding beauty. KflWMI ADVANTAGES Lasting beauty Easy to keep clean and free from stains Outstanding strength 'and resilience Fire protection Choice of attractive colors Ease of appli cation Ready for use without painting or further treatment High quality, washable vinyl surface un affected by milk, coffee, juices, syrups, even alcohol and many acids Won't fade, crack or peel Resists scuffing and chipping Standard Line offers choice of five decorator colors and new Woodmere Walnut (Note: The "Decorator Line of Eternawall" is available in over 200 variations of colors and textures) Surface may be repainted to suit changes in decor. PRODUCT USES Designed as durable, beautifying walls for homes, of fices, restaurants, hotels, clubs, hospitals. DATA Sizes: Thickness: Vi" (Standard Thick ness). Also avail able on order in these thicknesses -- As"; 5.k" Firestop. Length: 8' (Other lengths available on order) Width: 4' Edges: Beveled Colors: Standard Line: Sand, Shadow Gray, Snowdrift, Seafoam Blue, Spring Green, and Woodmere Walnut, a handsome new wood pattern. Decorator Line of Eternawall: With the various colors available in any of 18 textures, there is a total of more than 200 variations of color and texture. Application: Apply vertically over studs or over existing walls with furring strips with an adhesive and/or nails. Nails of matching colors blend with the board. The board may be cut by scoring through the vinyl surface and snap ping it back on a straight edge, or sawed with the vinyl face up. Complete application instructions available. Packaging: Twin Mounted; End Taped. BW-62670 Rev. 9/64 SGP 0028586 BESTWALL GYPSUM COMPANY GYPSUM WAILBOARD MANUAL 1966 EDITION Section 5 Sub-Section I BESTWALL ETERNAWALL DECORATOR LI 185 Changes in Colors and Textures SGp 0028587 The Masland-Duraleather Co "many have heen reviewing their line of Wall Decorator materials, with a view toward improving the selection available and dropping out some of the items which have apparently lost their appeal to interior decorators, as witnessed by their lack of movement. Bestwall*s folder "The Decorator Line" Eorm BW-62645 describes the current items. The following textures are being discontinued as a standard stock item by Masland; 1-Tikko, Tempest, Arbor, Goldust, Matsue, Candid, Anex, Banner, Cotele, and Zircon. Tradewind is being revised slightly with a new embossing wheel. The product will be available in 9 colors under the tradename, Malibu. Yearling, a leather type texture, is being revised with an improved roll. The new texture will be known as Delta, and will be available in 2p colors. Of the other current patterns which remain in the line, Wood in 5 colors and Bedford in 5 colors will have no changes, but the rest will have certain colors discontinued. Horizon will be available in 4 colors; H692, Buckram; H749, Casino; H221, Sand; and E559, Willow. Finesse will be available in 9 colors; SK611, White; SK725, Aqua; SK419, Sandalwood; SK513> Sage Green; SK654, Gray Mist; SK32I, Shell Pink; SK623, Eggshell; SK24-9, Gold; and SK408, Greige. Revere will be available in 8 colors; 632E, Ivory; 432K, Sand; J2JK, Shell; 649W, White; 783, Lagoon; 663T, Green; 95114 Yellow; and 555, Mist. Woodmere will be available in 2 finishes. The dull finish you have in your Decor ator book will be a special finish. The new Woodmere will have the same graining but will have a smooth finish and look like a varnished or polished surface. The sa.me 6_ colors will be in the group. Bestwall*s Woodmere Mahogany Eternawall will continue as per the samples being distributed as a "dull"finish. The new textures and number of colors which will be added include; Italia, 5 colors $ Silkeen Luxor, 6 colors; and Tiki, 8 colors; all of which are easily put together in panels. There are 5 additional textures which will be checked to be sure their pattern is such that they can he included in the line as a predecorated wallbcard item, where it is not always possible to match edges, after a closer check of panels being made at Fort Dodge. These include; Saxon Countess, 7 colors; Camille, 12 colors; Dato Wall, 10 colors; Konoya, 7 colors, .and Palette, 6 colors. A new Bestwall Decorator book showing l6 patterns with a total of 132 colors, is in preparation and should be available during January. In the meantime, while Masland-Duraleather has made this change, existing stocks of the discontinued items may be available. If you ha~re an order for a small quantity check availability via your Regional Office with General Sales in Paoli. Of greater importance, all the embossing rolls of these discontinued items will be kept for six months. Where there is a demand they will be kept longer. Minimum orders of 12,000 sq. ft. of any embossing pattern and any color will be available as per Price Schedule 1 Pocr.o *i h; * '~ GYPSUM WALLBQAED MAIJUAL 19*6? Edition -2- Section 5 Sub-Section F ETFRIIAWALI - FLAME SPREAD RATIHS Eternawall has "become used widely in schools, hospitals, office buildings, apart ment houses, etc.,&the need of an Official Flame Spread rating has become more pressing. An Official Tunnel Test at Underwriters'Laboratories in Chicago developed a Flame Spread Rating of 35 on Eternawall. Laboratory work will continue to improve this to 25 or less. In the meantime, while some building codes list 25 as the maximum for unlimited usa. please be sure you understand that very generally this limitation is only in very special areas and a very great majority of the places where Eternawall can be used., generally permit up to 50* For instance, under the Uniform Building Code followed by over 1000 communities largely on the West Coast, a Class I material having a Flame Spread rating of 0 to 25 falls under Federal Standard Test, Class A. Class I or Class A material has unlimited use. Class II, 26 to 75 in the Tunnel Test falls by Federal Standard Test in Class B or C; Class B is 26 to 50 and C, $1 to 75 Under the UBC the only limitation on Class II material is to exclude its use in "Enclosed Vertical Exitways". Fotice the 3 words "enclosed", "vertical", and "exitways". Thus in a school building, where the stairs are not enclosed, Eternawall can be used throughout. If the stairs are enclosed, then some other finish in that stairwell would have to be used. In this particular instance, if a vinyl surface is necessary expensive special sheet available from Masland Duraleather with a Flame Spread of 15 could be applied to gyosun wallboard that had been erected and finished. Thus the enclosed stairwell could be finished with one or two layers of 5/3" Firestop to provide the 1 and 2 hours fire resistance necessary and the surface covered with Masland Duralea,ther's product or could even be painted. Copies of Underwriters Test Report will be made available and you will be advised as to hov; Bestwall's product is to be marked. Where you have need for this inform ation officially, before the Test Report is available, please advise General Sales .and arrangements will be made to have Underwriters write officially to the Building Department involved. SGP 0028588 ETBRNAWALL "by BESTWALL SGP 0028589 mmit CREATE NEW ELEGANCE IN WALLS! Texture and color! Now Bestwall captures them for ever with Eternawall. See what happens when fire proof gypsum wallboard joins with Masland Duran scuff-proof vinyl. This combination finds its way into any setting with luxurious ease. Now you can fill every room in your home with a delightful new warmth. Create exciting '`accent" walls. Decorating ideas just come naturally. What's more, Eternawall's stunning beauty is more than skin deep . . . the fireproof gyp sum core is reinforced with glass fibers. Lovely to live with, easy to care for. . . Eternawall is now avail able in over 200 colors and patterns. Why not let Eternawall put its lasting luxury to work for you? SGP 0028590 11W ETERNAWALL toy BBSTWALI NIKKO Viking Quality 4' wide - 6' to 16' long 3/a". l/z"t 5/a " thick - Bevelled HORIZON Viking Quality 4' wide - 6' to 16' long Va"> Vi", Va" thick - Bevelled VIKING AK459 SAND VIKING H692 BUCKRAM ViKING AK353 CHERRY ROSE s- VIKING AK445 WHITE VIKING AK710 GLACIER BLUE VIKING H737 DRESDEN TEMPEST Viking Quality 4' wide 6' to 16' long Vi", Va" thick Bevelled ARBOR Viking Quality 4' wide 5' to 16' long Vi". %" thick - Bevelled VIKING TM640 CHAMPAGNE K. VIKING TM3I7 PINK VIKING TM209 YELLOW VIKING TM526 GREEN VIKING AR611 WHITE VIKING AR321 SHELL PINK VIKING AR725 AQUA VIKING AR623 EGGSHELL VIKING AR419 SANDALWOOD VIKING AR249 GOLD j r VIKING ARSI3 SAGE GREEN VIKING AR224 YELLOW MIST VIKING AR504 GREEN MIST VIKING AR70I SLUE MIST ',-)f.rA'Tr *i-- ^4z'* ill*- * VIKING AK5I2 MIST GREEN VIKING H559 WILLOW VIKING TM410 8EIGE VIKING TM871 MOCHA VIKING AR654 GRAV MIST VIKING AR485 BRONZE ;n:v r VIKING AR233 BAMBOO SGP 0028591 WHEN YOU DECORATE, D OVER 200 EXCr' ENDURING CHARM FOR YOUR WALLS The beauty of Eternawall is truly long-lasting. Eternawall defies the passing of time beautifully with the most in wear and the least in upkeep. No more painting, papering or endless pampering. Eternawall is easy and inexpensive to maintain ... it can be easily cleaned with ordinary soap and water without impairing the texture, color or design. Eternawall has other talents, too. It combines the flame resistant qualities of Masland Duran vinyl and gypsum wallboard to give you the utmost in fire protection. Beauty . . . strength . . . flame resistance . . . Eternawall is an artful combination of the qualities you need and want in a wallboard. See the Decorator Line of Eternawall at your dealer today. SGP 0028592 )N'T SPECULATE...GET ETERNAWALL BY BESTWALL G COLORS AND PATTERNS TO CHOOSE FROM i l FINESSE Viking Quality 4' wide - 6' to 16` long W\ Vz", Yb" thick * Bevelled TRADEWIND Viking Quality 4' wide * 6' to 16' long Yz "t %" thick Bevelled REVERE Viking Quality 4' wide 6' to 16* long W, Yi\ %" thick - Bevelled VIKING S<61 1 WHITE VIKING SK321 SHELL PINK VIKING SK725 AQUA VIKING SK623 EGGSHELL VIKING SK4I9 sandalwood VIKING SK249 GOLD VIKING SK5T3 SAGE GREEN VIKING SK224 YELLOW MIST VIKING WX658 IVORY VIKING WX419 BAMBOO VIKING WX3O0 PINK VIKING WX462 AM8ER VIKING WXA75 maple VIKING VVX523 AQUA VIKING WX540 PINEFROST VIKING WX732 BLUE MIST vikinG WX552 CACTUS VIKING WX569 SAGE VIKING SK504 GREEN MIST VIKING SK70I BLUE MIST /IKING SK736 TURQUOISE VIKING WX21 1 GOLD VIKING WX828 sandalwood VIKING WX870 mOCha VIKING WX430 FAWN VIKING W X 0 1 7 OYSTER K'NG -vxa:9 SnElL vlKING WX507 MINT .: K: n G X - ; 4 ICE SLUE VIKING WXoO5 WHI'E VIK. REV. 632E IVORT VIK. REV. 426K MOCHA VIK. REV. 323K SHELL VIK REV 335K PEACH VIK REV. 341 K ROSE VIK. REV. 649 WHITE VIK. REV 783G LAGOON VIK. REV 795K BLUE VIK. REV 663F GREEN VIK REV 951D YELLOW viK REV 628F GREY WOOD Viking Quality 4' wide - 6' to 16' long Vz'41 %'* thick - Bevelled VIKING 413J BLONDE VIKING 483J MAPLE VIKING 816J WALNUT VIKING 858J RUSSET WALNUT VIKING 347J MAHOGANY SGP 0028593 PERFECT IN COLORS, PATTERNS, AND STYLE CREATIOM BEDFORD Viking Quality 4' wide - 6* to 16' long ", Vi", Va" thick - Bevelled GOLDUST Viking Quality 4' wide - 6' to 16' long 3/a'\ W> Va" thick Bevelled V . r--rt*. .* MATSUE Viking Quality 4' wide 6' to 16' long 3/8", i/2", thick - Bevelled CANDID Viking Quality 4' wide 6' to 16` long Va", Vz", 5/a" thick Bevelled APEX Viking Quality 4' wide - 6' to 16' long Va", Vz", Va" thick - Bevelled VIKING B681 BEIGE - X- VIKING GF432 SAND VIKING W670 BUCKRAM .* H4* VIKING CD673 EGGSHELL VIK. APEX 632E IVORY VIK. APEX 426K MOCHA VIK. APEX 323K SHELL VIKING B644 PINK VIKING B636 SLUE VIKING 8675 GREEN VIKING 8604 YELLOW VIKING GF64? WHITE VIKING GF795 GLACIER BLUE 'IKING GF951 SUN YELLOW `/IKING Gf 555 MIST GREEN VIKING W828 MOCHA v-.r-v- VIKING CD216 CITRON VIKING W310 BALLET .: ; \ i : : ' viking w7i3 Casino 1; V VIKING CD354 PINK VIKING CD708 AQUA VIKING CD779 TURQUOISE VIKING W722 DRESDEN ' i .\~ . _ , f ' -l I ^ - vtKING CD752 BLUE ,vi viking W535 wiuow VIKING CD51 1 WILLOW VIK. APEX 335K PEACH VIK. APEX 341K ROSE VIK. APEX 649 WHITE VIK. APEX 783G LAGOON VIK APEX 795K 8LUE VIK APEX 663F GREEN VIK APEX 951 D YELLOW VIK APEX 555G MIST VIK. APEX 623F GREY SGP 0028594 TEXTURES, THESE HIGH G'VE YOU CAREFREE WALL BEAUTY BANNER Monitor Quality 4' wide 6' to 16' long VS". %" thick Bevelled .cr-- . j.JV w 'Vv' i;4 Iv MON. BR639 BEIGE COTELE Monitor Quality 4' wide - 6' to 16' long V2", %" thick Bevelled MON. 428K TOAST MON. 456K SABLE MON 8R482 MOCHA MON. 733E TURQUOISE MON. BR39I CHARCOAL BROWN MON. 79QF BLUE MON. 351J CORAL MON BR704 TURQUOISE MON 329K TANGERINE MON. 649 WHITE MON 96 BLACK YEARLING Monitor Quality 4' wide 6' to 16' long VS". VS". %" thick - Bevelled MON. 671X BISQUE Vv.V MON. 431X BEIGE MON. 402X RAWHIDE MON. 428X MOCHA ZIRCON Monitor Quality 4' wide - 6' to 16' long VS". VS" %" thick * Bevelled MON. A409 RAWHIDE MON. 493X GINGER MON. 484X BROWN MON. ABS6 BROWN MON. 301X MARASCHINO MON. 363X PINK MON. 399X OXBLOOO MON. 326X MARIGOLD MON. 382X TANGERINE MON 228X YELLOW MON. 504X LIME MON 275X GOLD MON. A339 PINK MON. A341 TANGERINE ' .` `J ' MON. A6U WHITE MON. 524X MINT MON. 54.1 X MYRTLE GREEN MON. 530X MIST GREEN MON. 578X HUNT GREEN MON. 742X TURQUOISE MON. 695X GRAY MON. A778 TURQUOISE MON \546 GREEN MON 649 WHITE MON. 96 BLACK MON A9li 81ACK SGP 0028595 APPLICATION OF ETERNAWALL A. SINGLE LAYER TO FRAMING. Framing for Eternawall shall be straight and true. Deviation of studs or furring should not exceed Vs" from the plane of the wall or partition. Spacing of studs or furring shall not exceed 16" on center for y8" Eternawall. For y2" or %" or two layer application of the spacing of the supports shall not exceed 24". Eternawall should be applied vertically. Care must be exer cised in any installation to make beveled edges plumb. The areas to be treated should be planned ahead to balance panels taking openings, corners, and other room features into account. Matching metal moldings for inside, outside, corners, and caps and battens are available. Where using mechanical fas teners at the top and bottom be sure the cove section and baseboard detail will cover them. 1. Single layer application to framing by adhesive nail-on method. Apply Eternawall vertically using color head matching nails 6 to 8" on center along edges and across top and bottom, and approximately 18" on center in the field of the board. Use nails with sufficient length to penetrate into framing. 2. Single layer application to wood framing by adhesive nail-on method. a. Apply a continuous bead of adhesive to the center of the stud or furring. Where two adjacent pieces of wall- board join on a framing member, a serpentive or zig-zag bead of adhesive shall be applied. The bead shall be approximately 1/t" x so as to cover at least 80% of the framing member with a '/,4" thickness after the Eternawall is in place. b. Place the Eternawall in place and attach at the ceiling and floor with gypsum wallboard nails, spaced 8" on centers. c. Hold the remainder of the Eternawall in contact with framing until the adhesive has set; usually 24 hours is sufficient. The preferred method of doing this is to use 1" x 4" x 6" wood cleats, spaced 24" on centers. A double headed nail is driven through the cleat into the framing or furring between the edges of the Eternawall and left in place until the adhesive sets. The cleats are then removed. B. TWO LAYER APPLICATION TO FRAMING. 1. Where Eternawall is on only one side of the wall or partition. a. Apply the backer board in accordance with the rec ommendations of ASA A97.1, using nails, screws, or staples as the case may be. b. Apply Bestwall Laminating Compound to the back of the Eternawall and attach in place, in the same manner as described under "Adhesive Nail-on Application" Sec tions A.2.b and c. above. 2. Where Eternawall is on both sides of the partition. a. Apply the backer board in accordance with the recom mendations of ASA A97.1, using nails, screws, or staples as the case may be. b. Apply contact adhesive to the face of the backer board and to the back of the Eternawall, in accordance with the recommendations of the adhesive manufacturer. c. Drive nails or screws as the case may be, into the framing members at the floor and ceiling line spaced 8" on center. C. SINGLE LAYER APPLICATION TO EXISTING WALLS. For adhesion application of Eternawall or Vinyl Wallcovering be sure the existing surface is clean, firm, straight and true and free of loose paint or particles, cracks, and does not have such type decoration as calcimine or other water base paints. 1. For paneled effect Eternawall may be applied with con tact adhesive as described in Sections B.2.b. and c. 2. For matching color effect and no paneling apply Masland Duran Fabric Backed Vinyl Wallcovering manufactured by Masland Duraleather Company, Philadelphia, Penna. Followthe specifications of the wallcovering manufacturer in apply ing the material. 3. Where the existing wall is in such condition that Eternawall or Vinyl Wallcovering cannot be adhesively applied, furr out walls and apply Eternawall as described in "Nail-On Appli cation", Section A.l or in "Adhesive Nail-On Application" as described A.2.a., b., and c., as desired. TECHNICAL DATA ON VINYL* FACE DECORATOR ETERNAWALL BY BESTWALL 1. SCOPE This specification covers a high quality washable vinyl sheet ing intended for use as a wall-surfacing material. 2. THICKNESS .010" (1) 3. COMPOSITION A vinyl compound of Polyvinyl Chloride resin combined with plasticizers, pigments and stabilizers to produce a durable and resistant surface. 4. ABRASION RESISTANCE (ASTM D1044--500 cycles, CS-17 wheels) a. Maximum weight loss ..................................50 milligrams o. Print wear off. .................... No loss of print 5. ACCELERATED LIGHT AGING (Fadeouleter--ASTM 120 hours exposure) No appreciable discoloration or stiffening. 6. CHEMICAL RESISTANCE (1 HR. EXPOSURE) 10% Sulfuric Acid ....................................................... No change 10% Nitric Acid ...............................................................No change 10% Hydrochloric Acid ................................................. No change 10% Sodium Hydroxide..................................................Mo change 10% Acetic Acid ...............................................................No change Alcohol ................................................................... No change Naphtha...................... Softens but recovers after evaporation 7. STAIN RESISTANCE (1 HR. EXPOSURE) Milk No stain Coffee .................................................................................... No stain Orange Juice .......................................................................No stain Chocolate Syrup .................................................................. No stain Mercurochrome ................................................................ Slight stain Tomato Paste Slight stain Iodine ... Mustard.......................................... Severe stain Severe stain 8. WASHABILITY Good: no effect on the surface when cleaned with mild cr common household cleaners. Masland Duran Fabric Backed Vinyl Wall covering by Masland Duraleather Company. ....cproo* 8 U,LDlNG p*OOv)Cls BESTWALL GYPSUM COMPANY 120 E. LANCASTER AVENUE ARDMORE, PENNSYLVANIA BW 5.2545 12-62 SGP 0028596 _ Tr-C IN , TRU-GRAIN GYPSUM PANELING DESCRIPTION Bestwall Tru-Grain Gypsum Paneling is regular gypsum wallboard finished with photographic reproductions of selected wood panels. These reproductions are printed on special paper and cemented to the face of the gypsum wallboard. Bestwall Tru-Grain is available in three lowcost woodgrain patterns. Knotty Pine, Honey Aspen and Mellow Mahogany. The random plank design gives a striking true-wood look and makes joints easier to conceal. All are finished with a durable coating. Bestwall Deluxe Tru-Grain is available in two luxurious woodgrain patterns, Fruitwood and Heritage Cherry, both in random plank design. This premium gypsum paneling offers added durability and insures classic long-lasting beau ty with a 2 mil clear vinyl plastic covering. Perfect for new construction or remodeling, Bestwall Tru-Grain Gypsum Paneling assures attractive, natural wood-like paneling for homes, offices, motels, restaurants and other commercial buildings. h ivVC pp V-* V': ' .v>j> hi :pife> s, USSKs1# 'friV- wjtwau ADVANTAGES Combines the beauty of wood panels with the cutting and handling ease, the incombustibility and economy of gypsum wallboard Five true-wood grains are available: Knotty Pine, Honey Aspen and Mellow Mahogany in the Tru-Grain Line and Fruitwood and Heritage Cherry in Deluxe Tru-Grain Random plank design gives handsome true-wood look, makes joints easier to conceal Incombustible fireproof gypsum core ;s reinforced with glass fibers, providing up to 80% greater resistance to shock Deluxe Tru-Grain has a 2 mil clear vinyl covering for extra scuff resist ance Walls can be kept clean with an occasional wipe with a damp doth Large panels go up fast, no heavy handling Ideal product tor "Do It Yourselfer." PRODUCT USES Wood grained highlights give beautiful, durable walls in homes, offices, restaurants, hotels, clubs, hospitals. BV/.04132 DATA (Tru-Grain and Deluxe Tru-Grain) Thickness: %" (Vi" on special order) Length: 8', 9', 10' Width: 4 Edges: Square Packaging: Twin Mountea Application: All predecorated panels should be in stalled vertically. Exposed square edges lend a dec orative effect. When possible, avoid vertical joints at edges of openings. Vertical joints may be trimmed with wood or metal and with cove molding and baseboard to present an attractive appearance. Nailing: Use color head nails to match the color of the predecorated board, (or black, if nailed in joint) 13/s" long, 8" o.c. Nails are available with product. SGP 0028597 SGP 0028598 GYPSUM SHEATHING DESCRIPTION Bestwall Gypsum Sheathing is the only gypsum sheathing reinforced with glass fibers. The gypsum core consists of incombustible gypsum rock combined with an asphalt emulsion to provide high resistance to water. All Bestwall Gypsum Sheathing meets ASTM C79-54 Specifi cations for water resistance. This eliminates the need for building paper (except where required by local building code). Bestwall Gypsum Sheathing is manufactured in widths of 2' and 4'. The 2' wide sheathing is made with precision-cut tongue and groove edges to provide a structurally strong and stable wall. V tongue and groove edges fit snugly, minimizing wind infiltration. The 4' wide square edge sheathing, applied vertically, completely eliminates the need for corner bracing. It is designed to meet requirements of FHA Technical Circular 12. ADVANTAGES Incombustible! As the exterior sheathing over a wood framed wall with any exterior finish and with an interior such as 5/8" Firestop or gypsum lath and plaster will give a wall having one hour fire resistance from either side Very little waste, low cost Reinforcement with glass fibers gives better nailing qualities and greater resistance to shock Specially treated core and face paper are water resistant Large panels may be ap plied easily and quickly PRODUCT USE May be used on both commercial and residential build ings, wherever strong, stable walls are desired. DATA Thickness: 1/2" Length: 8', 9' Width: 2, 4 Edges: 2' x 8' -- V Edge and Tongue and Groove 4' x 8' and 4' x 9' -- Square Edge Packaging: Twin Mounted Application: Square Edges -- Panels shall be applied vertically with long edges parallel to the studs. Use length necessary to span distance between sills and plates or other structural members. Center long edges on studs. V-Groove -- Apply panels horizontally at right angles to studs with grooved edge down. Break end joints on suc ceeding courses so that end joints in following courses are not in line. All V-joint edges shall be in close contact. Nailing: Galvanized roofing nails with a 3/8" to 7/16" head, 1-3,4" long, #11 gage should be used. For 4' wide sheathing, 4" o.c. around edges at top and bottom plates, and 8" o.c. in the field. For 2' wide sheathing, 8" o.c. BW.63320 5M 6 63 SGP 0028599 AIA FILE NUMBER 19-D-3 GYPSUM ASSOCIATION 201 North Wells Street Chicago, Illinois 60606 5 GYPSUM SHEATHING RECOMMENDATIONS FOR NAILING AND STAPLING FASTENER SPACING SHEATHING SIZE SPACING V2 in., 2 x 8 ft. (Applied Horizontally) Nail With siding or with diagonal bracing With no siding or diagonal bracing* Staple With diagonal bracing With siding but without diagonal bracing* 8 in. o.c. 4 in. o.c. 6 in. o.c. 4 in. o.c. l/2 in., 4x8 ft.; 4 x 9 ft. (Applied Vertically) Nail ' Without diagonal bracing Staple Without diagonal bracing 8 in. o.c. field 4 in. o.c. perimeter 6 in. o.c. field 3 in. o.c. perimeter * Recommended where regulations permit the use of 1 x 8 in. horizontal wood sheathing without bracing NAILS--iy2 in. long galvanized roofing nail, 11 gauge, % in. to % in. head. STAPLES --16 gauge flattened galvanized wire, % in. wide crown (outside measure), iy2 in. long legs with divergent points. All fasteners shall be spaced not less than % in. from the ends or edges of the sheathing. They shall be driven in such a manner that the sheathing bears tightly against the framing members without cutting the face paper. SGP 0028600 FORM S-N&S.364 AIA FILE NUMBER 19-D-3 AIA FILE NO. 19 D-3 SGP 0028601 DESCRIPTION ... a USES . . . b FUNCTION AND UTILITY. . . c WEATHER PROTECTION . . . d VAPOR PERMEABILITY. . . e STRUCTURAL STRENGTH.. . f ECONOMICAL . . . g PERMANENCE. . . h LIMITATIONS OF USE . . . i DESIGN DATA . . . j WATER REPELLENCY. . . j-1 VAPOR PERMEABILITY . . . j-2 STRUCTURAL. . . j-3 ATTACHMENT. . . j-4 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS . . . j-5 SPECIFICATIONS . . . k Gypsum Association AIA FILE NO. 19 D-3 DESCRIPTION (a) Gypsum sheathing is l/2 in. thick and is manufactured in 2 x 8, 4 x 8 and 4x9 ft. sheets. The longitudinal edges of 2 x 8-ft. gypsum sheathing are v-shaped tongue and groove. The 4 x 8 ft. and 4 x 9 ft. panels have square edges. Gypsum sheathing is enveloped in heavy water-repellent paper. It weighs approxi mately 2.1 lb. per sq. ft., and has a thermal conductivity value of: conductance "C", 2.25; resistance "R", 0.45. It has a fire resistant, water-repellent gypsum core. Gypsum sheathing is manufactured to comply with the requirements of ASTM Designation C79 and Federal Specification SS-L-306. USES (b) Gypsum sheathing is used with such exterior finishes as wood siding, masonry veneer, stucco and shingles. Generally, it does not require the use of exterior building paper. And, use of large panels eliminates the need for diagonal bracing of the frame. See Design Data section. FUNCTION AND UTILITY (c) Fire Protection -- The core of gypsum sheathing is noncombustible. Further more, it protects wood studs from the hazards of external fire -- even when it is covered with wood siding. This is due to the unique chemical composition of gypsum -- by slowly releasing its chemically-combined water, gypsum actually fights fire until it is completely calcined. WEATHER PROTECTION (d) All 2 ft. wide panels of gypsum sheathing have tight-fitting tongue and groove edges which minimize wind infiltration. The large 4x8 and 4 x 9 ft. panels are applied vertically with all edges over the framing supports -- which also blocks the passage of wind. Water Repellency -- Gypsum sheathing is water repellent. These features of gypsum sheathing -- weather protection and water repellency -- are the main reasons why the use of building paper is unnecessary. VAPOR PERMEABILITY (e) The escape of normal water vapor is provided with gypsum sheathing. It has an average vapor permeability rating well over 20 perms (grains per sq. ft., per hour, per in. of mercury vapor pressure differential). This greatly exceeds the accepted minimum standard of 5.0 perms. STRUCTURAL STRENGTH () Gypsum sheathing stiffens a wall and provides the necessary strength to resist lateral forces resulting from wind and vibration. As shown in the section on Design Data, gypsum sheathing provides structurally sound walls -- without diagonal bracing. ECONOMICAL (g) Material cost is low for gypsum sheathing -- often as little as 50 per cent of other sheathing materials. There is a minimum of waste too, generally less than three per cent. Waste from end cuts is minimized because the panels are made in lengths which are multiples of both 16 in. and 24 in. -- for both stud spacings. And the large sheets, used vertically, eliminate the need for diagonal bracing. Gypsum sheathing panels go up quickly and easily. Almost 50 per cent fewer nails are required to cover a given area as compared with other sheathing ma terials. An average home can be sheathed in approximately eight man-hours. PERMANENCE (h) As an inert material, gypsum sheathing provides long-lasting stability to a structure's vital framing elements. It will not decay or rot, and it's vermin proof. Test inspections of 25-year-old residences showed that the original gyp sum sheathing was in excellent condition and showed no signs of deterioration. LIMITATIONS OF USE (i) Gypsum sheathing should not be used as a nailing base. Such materials as wood siding, stucco mesh and wall ties must be applied with fasteners that penetrate through the sheathing into the wood framing. Maximum stud spacing should be 24 in. o.c. To eliminate the need for diagonal bracing, where required by regulation, the maximum stud spacing should be 16 in. o.c. and the 4 ft. panels should be erected vertically. SGP 0028602 SGP 0028604 FIREPROOF ECONOMICAL RIGIDIPERM ANENT WIND TIGHT WATER REPELLENT SGP 0028605 SCOPE OF WORK: All exterior walls shall be covered with gypsum sheathing. FRAMING: Framing members shall be erected in the manner of approved standard practice and spaced 16 in. (or 24 in.) o.c. MATERIALS: Sheathing: Sheathing shall be core-treated, water-repellent gypsum sheathing, >2 in. thick, 2 x 8 ft. with tongue and groove longitudinal edges or in. thick, 4 x 8 ft. or 4 x 9 ft., with square longitudinal edges, All sizes shall meet the requirements of ASTM C79. Nails: Nails shall be 11 gauge, % in. head, 1 >2 in. long for 2 ft. wide sheathing and 12 gauge, % in. head, 1 in. long for 4 ft. wide sheathing. Staples: Staples shall be 16 gauge, 7/16 x 1 y2 in. with divergent points. APPLICATION: Gypsum Sheathing--2 x 8 ft. Apply '/2 in., 2 x 8-ft. gypsum sheathing with the long dimension perpendicular to the framing members--with grooved edges down interlocking the tongue of the adjacent panel. Ends of the panel shall abut over the centers of framing members and all end joints shall be staggered. Fit sheathing snugiy around all window and door openings. Securely flash the heads of all openings. Secure sheathing to studs with nails spaced approximately 4 in. o.c. (8 in. o.c. where wood siding or diagonal bracing is used). Nails shall be not less than % in. from edges or ends of sheathing. If staples are used, secure sheathing to studs by spacing staples 6 in. o.c. (wi:h diagonal bracing) or 4 in. o.c. (with siding but no diagonal bracing). Gypsum Sheathing--4 x 8 ft. and 4 x 9 ft, Apply in., 4 x 8-ft. or 4 x 9-ft, gypsum sheathing with the long dimension parallel to the framing members. The long edge of the panel shall abut over centers of framing members, Fit sheathing snugly around all window and door openings. Securely flash Ihe heads of all openings. If using nails, secure sheathing to studs 4 in. o.c. around the perimeter of the board and 8 in. o.c. in the field of the board (if using staples, secure sheathing to studs 3 in. o.c. around the perimeter of the board and 6 in. o.c. in the field). Staples shall be driven with the crown at right angle to the paperbound edge of the sheathing. This shall be done in a manner which assures that the crown will bear tightly against the sheathing --out not cut into the face paper. The legs of the staples shall be no less than % in. from the ends ano edges of the sheathing. EXTERIOR FINISHES: Note: Generally, building paper is not required over gypsum sheathing. Wood Siding: Apply wood siding directly over gypsum sheathing. Nails shall have a minimum penetration of 1 in. into the stud when driven through the sheathing ano into the framing. End joints of siding shall butt over framing members. Stone or Brick Veneer: Fasten masonry ties for the veneer securely through the sheathing and into the framing, spacing ties as required by masonry courses. Use an 8d nail or larger. Stucco: Apply stucco mesh according to manufacturer's directions, using self-furring material, furring strips or furring nails. Nail through the sheathing using nails which penetrate at least 1 in. into the framing. Cement-Asbestos Siding or Wood Shingles: Attach directly to gypsum sheathing, using approved systems or fasteners in accordance with sheathing manufacturer's directions. Alternate for Shingles: Apply 1 x 2 m, wood furring strips horizontally over the gypsum sheathing, spaced to correspond to the shingle exposure specified. Use nails of sufficient length to provide at least 1 in. penetration into the studs. Nail through the sheathing into the framing with a minimum of one nail at each inter section of stud and furring. Gypsum Association 201 NORTH WELLS STREET, CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60606 1350 N. HIGHLAND AVENUE, HOLLYWOOD CALIFORNIA 90028 SGP 0028606 PITTSBURGH TESTING LABORATORY 3120 SOUTH 20th STREET - PHILADELPHIA 05, PA. AS A MUTUAL PROTECTION TO CLIENTS, THE PUBLIC AND OURSELVES. ALL REPORTS ARE SUBMITTED AS THE CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF CLIENTS. ANO AUTHORIZATION FOR PUBLICATION OF STATEMENTS. CONCLUSIONS OR EXTRACTS FROM OR REGARDING OUR REPORTS IS RESERVED PENDING OUR WRITTEN APPROVAL. REPORT FORM 95 -PH OUR:PH-5756 YOUR:G-1269 DESCRIPTION - Witnessing Tests of Sheathing Material for Resistance to Racking Under Dry and Wet Conditions on 48" Wide, Square Edge, one-half inch thick, Bestwall Gypsum Sheathing AT - Bestwall Gypsum Company, Paoli, Penna. REPORTED TO - Bestwall Gypsum Company, Paoli, Penna. December 28, 1959. On December 21 and 23, 1959. we visited the Bestwall Gypsum Company at Paoli, Pennsylvania to witness Wet and Dry Racking Tests on the above material. Test panels, prior to testing, were inspected by us and found to conform with Technical Circular No. 12, Underwriting Division, F. H. A. , Washington, D. C. Test frames were assembled with double end studs which were fastened together with 10 D common nails. Studs were nailed to sole plates with 16 D common nails. Top sole plate was nailed to the top plate with 10 D common nails. No. 1 construction grade wood was used. Nail spacing on test frames was as follows: 4" on edges, 8" in center. Galvanized roofing nails with a 3/8" to 7/16" head - 1-3/4" long - #11 gage were used. Racking Tests were made in conformance with A. S. T. M. E72-55. The Dry Series Tests, composing three test panels, were made on December 21, 1959. Deflection was measured with mirror gages. Mirror gage distance was seven feet. Results of Dry Tests are as follows: Test Panel Total Load, Lbs, At Load of 1200 lbs. Ave. Total Residual Deflection Deflection No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 7400 7400 8200 . 08 . 00 . 07 . 02 . 05 . 03 At Load of 2400 lbs. Ave. Total Residual Deflection Deflection . 16 . 07 .31 . 09 . 25 . 03 Ave. of 3 tests 7666 . 066 .017 . 240 . 063 REMARKS: Load was applied to test panels in increments of 400 lbs. (1 of 2) SGP 0028607 Bestwall Gypsum Company OUR: PH-5756 YOUR: G-1Z69 December 28, 1959 The Wet Series Tests, composing three test panels, were made on December 23, 1959. Deflection was measured with mirror gages. Mirror gage distance was seven feet. Results of Wet Tests are as follows: Test Panel Total Load, Lbs. At Load of 1200 Lbs. Ave. Total Residual Deflection Deflection No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 Ave. of 3 tests 5600 5000 5000 5200 . 09 . 10 . 09 . 093 . 00 . 02 . 00 . 007 At Load of 2400 Lbs. Ave. Total Residual Deflection Deflection . 27 . 35 . 22 . 280 . 10 . 11 . 08 . 097 Remarks: Load was applied to test panels in increments of 400 lbs. Panels exceeded the requirements for Racking Strength without diagonal corner bracing as specified in Technical Circular No. 12 titled "A Standard for Testing Sheathing Materials for Resistance to Racking. " J. Connelly, Inspector. PITTSBURGH TESTING LABORATORY Mana Philadelphia District RJVurpillat {2 of 2) SGP 0028608 FIREPROOF GYPSUM SHEATHING FIREPROOF LOW COST LESS WASTE WIND RESISTANT FAST APPLICATION 2' WIDE TONGUE AND GROOVE EDGE WATER REPELLENT (Meets ASTM C79-54) 4' WIDE SQUARE EDGE (No Corner Bracing Required) SGP 0028609 COMPARATIVE EXTERIOR WALL INSULATION --68 --67 Ideal --66 BC z> --65 Good t-- < DC --64 LU 0_ % LU --63 Fair t-- LU U --62 < ll. Qi D --61 Bearable cn --60 < <= --59 LU O Definite UO --58 Discomfort Z --57 --56 --55 Drop Wood Siding 1 f L Gypsum Lath 1 !A" Plaster W C,y / ' --i Z.Batt Insulation SHEATHING 2%2" Fibre Insulation Board 'A" Fibre Insulation Board--------- 1 " Wood & Building Paper--------- 'A" Gypsum Sheathing ______ "U" VALUE EASED ON WOOD EXTERIOR SIDING 70 inSiDE, --Q D'JTSIDt' -- 'JSiNG F -i A FIGURES Bestwall Fireproof Gypsum Sheathing when used with blanket insulation gives you high insulating value at a much lower cost. The above chart shows how Bestwall Fireproof Gypsum Sheathing combined with sufficient baft insulation provides practically the same surface temperature as other sheathings of the same or greater thickness and the same batt insulation. Yet Bestwall Fireproof Gypsum Sheathing costs from 20 to 50% less per thousand sq. feet than other sheathing materials after erection. SGP 0028610 COMPARATIVE EXTERIOR WALL COSTS midwest area costs for material and hourly wage rate of saoo Based on 1000 square feet of sheathing (or sheathing for a single family, one story home 26' x 40 ) using various combinations of insulation, exterior sheathing and interior finishes with the same exterior siding. ''IT ' VALUE u ) /,M BESTWALL FIREPROOF | GYPSUM SHEATHING 2 5 /3 2 " FIBERBOARD y , " PLYWOOO 1" I 8 " SHIP-LAP N A IL S LABOR N A IL DRIVING LABOR CUTTING, FITTING . HANDLING BUILDING PAPER LABOR AND MATERIAL 01 AG. CORNER BRACING LABOR AND MATERIAL 2" INSUL. LABOR AND MATERIAL i/2 " BESTWALL GYPSUM WALLBOARD V 2 " Bestwall Insulating GYPSUM WALLBOARD WASTE TOTAL TYPE OF WALL 3/s Plywood (4'x 8') \/z" Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard l" > 8" Wood--Horizontal >/2" Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard 25/32" Fiberboard (4' x 8 ) >/2" Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard .303 .250 .217 $130 $1.44 $ 8.90 $24.25 $138 $3.75 $14.20 $60.63 $25.75 $22.00 $120 $4.29 $17.80 $24.25 $60.00 $60.00 - $60.00 $ 5.20 $229.82 $35.00 $359.33 $ 4.80 $231.14 Vs" Plywood (4' x 8') V2 Bestwall Insulating Gypsum Wallboard .228 $130 $1.44 $ 8.90 $24.25 l" 8" Wood--Horizontal >/2" Bestwall Insulating Gypsum Wallboard 25/32" Fiberboard (4' x 8') 1/, ' Bestwall Insulating Gypsum Wallboard .197 .173 $120 $138 $3.75 $14.20 $60.63 $25.75 $22.00 $4.29 $17.80 $24.25 ---------- 1 $75.00 $ 5.20 $244.79 $75.00 $35.00 $374.33 $75.00 $ 4.80 $246.14 Vt Plywood (4' x 8') -- 2" Batts, .094 Vi" Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard $130 $1.44 $ 8.90 $24.25 $78.00 $60.00 $ 5.20 $307.79 l"x 8" Wood--Horizontal, 2" Batts .088 Vi" Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard $138 $3.75 $14.20 $60.63 $25.75 $22.00 $78.00 $60.00 $35.00 $437.33 25/32" Fiberboard (4' x 8') 2" Batts Vi" Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard .082 1 It ______ i $120 $4.29 $17.80 $24.25 i $78.00 $60.00 $ 4.80 $309.14 | ]------------ 1 | |1 1 ________ 1_______ 1_______ U VALUE 3ASED ON WOOD EXTERIOR SIDING 70 INSIDE -0 OU'SIDE USING EVA OGlJRl-, DEDUCT SI 4 32 WHEN 4" NAIL SPACING IS USED IN PI ACE Cf CORNE= 3'aC`NC- DEDUCT GRACING WHEN 4' WIDE SHEATHING IS APPLIED '-'E RTIC a L l < WITH N a ! j : CN ."ENTER ABOUND EDGES AND '-i JN C 5 * P -N FiEiD AnC NC "GRNt3 NOTE -- Mofena/ and labor :oits of ~ood Hodi wood :idmy md labor :ois 'or erecHny nt-r;o/ -oilboo/ j wn.-.n jre common -o rjf, t-pr; o' camm z" or-, or- <01 ruioord Nonet.* the cojt or cornfruc r ion i rr,h 3csf*oil F reproof Croiuci Shearrrny .n .-he ,ioof 'oDit.- ore ess tti.m rht> ;osf or :or. jir uc ' ion > ;omno".Tci" `\j ' 'amor PROVE TO YOURSELF THAT . . . BESTWALL FIREPROOF GYPSUM SHEATHING GIVES YOU THE LOWEST COST FOR THE JOB REQUIRED PUT YOUR COST FACTORS IN THE PROPER PLACES IN THE TABLE ABOVE . . (or figure the U" value and cost of your wall construction to see where it fits in the table). SGP 0028611 For performance and value, no other type of sheathing matches Bestwall Fire proof Gypsum Sheathing. Dollar for dollar no other type of sheathing gives you as many advantages. Bestwall Gypsum Sheathing is fireproof, water-repellent and wind-tight. The interlocking "V" joint construction of 2' x 8' Bestwall Gypsum Sheathing gives a tighter, stronger joint--makes sheathing easier to apply. Building paper (except under a few local Building Codes) is not required. Bestwall Fireproof -Gypsum Sheathing is reinforced with textile glass filaments providing stronger gypsum sheathing at no additional cost. Because it's tailored to meet construction demands, Bestwall Fireproof Gypsum Sheathing reduces waste to under 5 % . One man working 8 hours can put up as much as 1500 feet. And you save even more on labor and material costs because Bestwall Gypsum Sheathing requires less nailing. Bestwall Fireproof Gypsum Sheathing, 4' x 8 or 4 x 9', applied vertically, eliminates need for corner bracing. Tested and proven to meet requirements of F.H.A. Technical Circular --12. Bestwall Fireproof Gypsum Sheathing is so low in price you'll save big money on over-all costs and when it is combined with supplemental insulation in areas where it is needed, you will effect the greatest economy. Anyway you look at it, Bestwall Fireproof Gypsum Sheathing is a builder's best buy. Meets F.H.A. Minimum Property Standards and Building Codes. Form No BW-61 100 BESTWALL CERTAIN-TEED SALES CORPORATION ARDMORE, PENNSYLVANIA SGP 0028612 SGP 0028613 SGP 0028614 B E S T W A L L GIPSDH C 0 II P A N Y Section 5 Sub-Section A GYPSUM WALLBOAKD MANUAL 1965 EDITION JOINT TREATMENT A* DEFINITION Joint System is the material with which gypsum wallboard joints are re inforced and concealed* This general term includes 8 products: Joint Compound, Bedding Compound, Topping Compound, All Purpose Compound, Ready Mix Joint Compound,. One Day Wallboard Joint Compound, Bestex Texture, and Joint System Tape* Bo PRODUCTS 10 Joint Compound is a dual-purpose product used for both taping and finish ing* The advantage to using this'product is the necessity for having only a single product, on the job, to Complete all the joint v;ork* It is yellow in color but can aLso be obtained white from some plants* 2* Bedding Compound is specifically designed for taping, first coating corner bead and nails* Since it is used for this express purpose, we are able to build into this product the maximum taping and adhesive qualitj.es necessary* 3<> Topping Compound is specifically designed for finishing joints, comer bead and nailheads* Used for this express purpose, we are able to reduce the amount of adhesive and incorporate other raw materials which make the product easier sanding, better working, and possess lower shrinkage* We have three toppings available: regular topping (yellow in color), a white topping, and Western Topping which is a longer working topping than our regular topping and is used in relatively dry areas, U* All Purpose is a product marketed to compete with other low cost compounds on the market* It is used for taping, finishing, nail spotting, and texturingj but it is not the best product for any of these applications* All Purpose is sold only in areas where there is competition from other low cost products* It has no real advantage over any of the other joint system products in the line* SGP 0028615 GYPSUM WALLBQAED MANUAL EDITION -2~ Section 6 Sub-Sectj on A 5o Ready rax -Joint Compound is a prepared wet mix product which is used for taping and finishing joints, comerbead, and nailheads0 It has excellent storage life, working properties, sandability, and low shrinkage,, It eliminates the necessity for job mixing, thus producing more uniform end results# 6# One Day Yfallboard Joint Compound is a setting type material as opposed to all other joint products which are of the drying types It is used for Taping and all coats preceeding the final coat on joints, cornerbead and nailheads# Any of the other finishing compounds can be used as the final coat over One Day applications# Since it is a setting type^product, it offers the advantage of completing a given job in a single day# Ylien once set. One Day does not shrink; thus eliminating delayed shrinkage problems# A primer must be used over One Day applications prior to texturing# 7o Bestex Textures: a) Bestex #1 is used for hand texturing application, roller, brush, sponge, etc# b) Bestex #2 is a spray application texture to which perlite or like aggregate may be added from l|r to 13 lbs/23 lb# bag depending upon the desired texture finish# This males this product a very versatile texture# It is the whiter of the two textures# c) Bestex A is a plain (no aggregate) texture for spray application# This product is currently being field tested and will be released shortly# d) Bestex B is a sand finish (fine aggregate) texture for spray application only# This product is currently being field tested and will be released shortly# e) Bestex C is a simulated acoustic (coarse aggregate) texture for spray application only# This product has just been released# .f) Bestex D is a coarse texture for spray applicati on direct to masonry ceilings# Irregularities in the concrete are to be grouted in with bedding compound prior to the application of the texture# This pro duct is currently being field tested and it is expected that it may be released shortly# For best results, a vinyl primer should be applied prior to the application of any of the texture products# 8C Joint System Tape - be have available a spark perforated tape which has very low'expansion properties, thus minimizing edge wrinkling and edge crackingo 9# Laminating Compound is another product which comes under the Joint System line, although its function is not to conceal joints# Laminating Compound is a product developed for the sole purpose of laminating two gypsum boards together# Most gypsum companies recommend joint compound for lamination because they do not have a laminating compound to offer# Laminating Compound has several advantages over joint compound for laminating wallboard; SGP 0028616 GYPSUM WALLBQAED MANUAL ir1 'Bi~nT|- rr<n ~rwwrW 196? EDITION Section 6 nil 1 Subjection A 9o laminating Compound (continued) 1* More intimate and more permanent bond 2, Easier to spread 3o Longer open life lu More Economical 10o Grabit -- The final product we mil discuss which comes under the Joint System line but also does not function as a joint concealing material is Grabit, Grabit was designed for adhering gypsum wallboard to interior masonry or concrete walls0 It is a setting type material which is used at a heavy consistency, such that irregularities in the masonry or concrete wall can be overcome. This product eliminates the necessity for furring. Co JOINT SYSTEM PROBLEMS & MEANS FOR PREVENTING & CORRECTING; l limn *1111 1-- III1IIM ............... .. I I i iiiiii !' Ji I I H The product sheet is self-explanatory and should be used as a guide in handling joint system problems in the field. SGP 0028617 vOS <4 go o 2 H P 8 0 CO 1 CO 2 1H ft SO3 oo a 3 p 4 w o f_ t G oO ^M as PQ ft m <$ Pi 4 P ft PW S' ft * p a -p a go o p 5 o rl H P< ft pi g G o rl si H X H Q ft *rl O ft 43 j5 5 bO xaJ> G H A Hft bO ft *crl OPCH GG ft a chD o o po G 43 P & p ft '0 aP ft Q P rl > O G GP 43 H O ft H PP f P G H O > c PG G ft . H >> O frtl H H c p ft .H GP G *GH H -rl ra p G i! Orl p "i3 0 I 51 $ 3 1 iC -P H GP ft CO ftG rl OT G 'H o ft P Eh A G O O ft o c o G O *8 p o OH a4 P bO O GO a rl H A! -g * a g ft G G O >X! O HP G 1 rl _ bO ^SS ft [> a Sh ri O "$3 H O H c o G O H O o3 *> a t ft a * & <$ o CM a CD A <8 X a* s & p . p g & p c o X! 0 1 oo EH H rl g H g H ra Pi ra G ft o in O O G O 9ca a H OJ (Sam9 i s tr u e f o r te x tu r e s as v r e ll as p a in ts ,) SGP 0028618 GYPSUM WALLBQAHD iilfAL :i?65 EDITION "'' -6- Sectd.cn 6 Sub-Section A BBS WALL VERSUS COMPETITIVE PRODUCTS (U.S.G & NATIONAL) JOINT COMPOUNDS lo Mixing - Competitive products must be mixed very stiff initially, whereas our products are mixed at about the consistency they will be used* 23 Stability - After mixing our products stiffen, whereas competitive products thin out0 Our joint compounds retain their consistency, whereas the comp competitive compounds continue to thin outs particularly in warm weather* This means the applicator must add dry powder to the competitive products to retain the desired consistency* 3o Plasticity - Our products have, in general, more plasticity than competitive products* Plasticity enables better control to be had in applying our pro ducts with both hand and Ames tools* This means better shearing and feather ing qualities. Ue Shrinkage - In general, our products have lower shrinkage than similar pro ducts of our competitors* Our Topping Compound has lower shrinkage than any competitive casein base compounds that we have tested. So Durability - Our products develop greater strength and water resistance over a period of time. After 30 days standing, competitive products turn to mush when rewetted, whereas our products retain their integrity when rewetted* In other words, our products develop a resistance so dampness and wetting whereas other joint compounds do not* 6? Quality Control - Y/hile our joint system business has been increasing the number of complaints has been decreasing, so this is a strong indication of high quality standards, be have no way of determining how competitors are doint in this respect* LAfflMTING COMPOUND There is no competitive material to match our product* Ease of mixing, strong water resistant bond, good coverage, and lav/ cost are the main advantages* Competitors recommend joint compounds which are not designed for lamination* BESTEX TEXTURES Qur combination of Bestex 7>1 and Bestex f2 gives the applicator both excellent hand application and spray application products0 SGP 0028619 GYPSUM WALIBOAHD MANUAL Lp65 EDITION -- -7. Section 6 Sub-Section A BESTEX TEXTURES (continued) The spray application, Bestex #2, has several advantages over competition: 1,, Whiteness - second to none 2,, Versatility - through the addition of various amounts and grades "o perlite or similar aggregates, numerous varieties of texture finishes can be obtained,. Competitive textures which have premixed aggregate do not possess this versatility6 3c* Coverage and Economics - the excellent coverage and local aggregate addition on the job makes this the most economical texture product available. SGP 0028620 JOINT SYSTEM PRODUCTS Bestwall offers a complete line of Joint System Products, designed to conceal joints and nail heads, and to "surface-weld" Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard panels together. Properly used, these products assure smooth, seamless appearance of walls and ceilings, with joints made as strong as the wallboard itself. When application is com pleted, the surface is ready for priming and decoration as desired with no further prepara tion necessary. Bestwall Joint System products are easy to use. Instructions are included on each container. These products are economical and versatile. The Bestwall line includes: 1. Joint System (Compound and Tope) 2. Joint Compound 3. Bedding Compound 4. Topping Compound 7. Grabit 8. 1-Day Wallboard Joint Compound and the newest addition to the Bestwall line: 5. Tape 9. Ready Mix Joint 6. Laminating Compound Compound Plus these products for special finishing use: 1. Bestex #1 and Bestex #2 2. Spackling Compound 3. Patching Plaster PRODUCT USES All building and remodeling wherever gypsum wallboard is used. DESCRIPTION AND PACKAGING 1. BESTWALL WALLBOARD JOINT COMPOUND This is a plasticized adhesive, used for bedding and topping Bestwall Tape and for spotting nail heads. Also forms a strong, durable bond between layers of gypsum wallboard, in 2-ply laminated construction. The com pound, a dry powder, is easily mixed with water. Shrink age is low. Easy and economical to use, this Bestwall compound is available as follows: SGP 0028621 In Bags: 25 lb.; and 18 lb. with 250' roll of Bestwall Tape. In Cases: 5 lb., packed 6 per carton; 4 lb. with 60' roll of Bestwall Tape; or 4 lb. with 60' roll of Bestwall Tape; and plastic knife. Approximate requirements: 60 lbs. of compound per 1,000 sq. ft. gypsum wallboard. 2. BESTWALL BEDDING COMPOUND Specially formulated for bedding tape, providing maxi mum adhesion to joints. Spreads smoothly and evenly, to assure best appearance. This economical compound can be applied easily, using a standard hand tool or Ames Applicator. Bestwall Bedding Compound can be used to best ad vantage on large projects or custom work, as part of a 2-material treatment in combination with Bestwa! Topping Compound. Use approximately 20 lbs. Bestwall Bedding Compound and 40 lbs. Bestwall Topping Compound per 1,000 sq. ft. of gypsum wallboard. Available in 25 lb. bags only. (ove* JOINT SYSTEM PRODUCTS (Continued) 3. BESTWALL TOPPING COMPOUND This compound is designed for finishing taped joints and for spotting nail heads. It leaves surfaces smooth, ready for final finishing. When necessary, sanding is easy. 2-material use is recommended, in combination with Bestwall Bedding Compound. Available in 25 lb. bags only. (Note: Do not use Bestwall Topping Compound for embed ding tape) 4. BESTWALL TAPE Full-width, center-creased tape with skived edges. Bonding qualities are excellent. Porosity permits rapid drying of joint compound. Easy to use, economical, low expansion. Stabilized against varying conditions of humidity. Width 2". Available in 60', 250' and 500' rolls as follows: 250' rolls packed 20 per box, approx. 29 lbs.; 500' rolls packed 10 per box, approx. 28 lbs.; 60' rolls packed 60 per box, approx. 24 lbs. 5. BESTWALL LAMINATING COMPOUND (See separate sheet) 6. BESTWALL GRABIT (See separate sheet) 7. BESTWALL 1-DAY WALLBOARD JOINT COMPOUND This new wallboard joint compound, developed through Bestwall research, is to be used for taping, topping, con cealing nail heads and corner bead in gypsum wallboard construction. This product, which mixes easily with water, is formu lated to set and harden in 2Vi to 3 hours. Working life is approximately 2 hours. When set, Bestwall 1-Day Wallboard Joint Compound will not shrink. Final tight coat should be Bestwall Topping Compound, or other Bestwall Finishing Compounds as desired. Where joint system textures are to be used as part of the decor ating scheme, a vinyl primer sealer or equivalent must be applied to the entire surface prior to texturing. Available in 25 lb. bags. 8. BESTWALL READY MIX JOINT COMPOUND (See separate sheet) PRODUCTS FOR SPECIAL FINISHING 1. BESTWALL BESTEX A special texturing compound, designed- to produce white decorative finishes with excellent -light-reflecting qualities. Bestex #1 is excellent for hand application. For light texture, use approximately 12 lbs. per 1,000 sq. ft. of gypsum wallboard; for heavy texture, 50 lbs. per 1,000 sq. ft. of gypsum wallboard. Bestex #2 is designed for spray application. Perlite may be added in quantities from 2 lbs. up to 13 lbs. per 25 lbs. of Bestex #2. Gives widest possible range of textures desired. For light texture, use approximately 16 lbs. per 1,000 sq. ft. of gypsum wallboard; for Simulated Acoustic texture, use 90 lbs. of Bestex #2 plus 45 lbs. of fine Perlite per 1,000 sq. ft. of gypsum wallboard. Both products are available in 25 lb. bags. Bestex #1 is also available in 5 lb. boxes, packed 6 to the carton. 2. BESTWALL SPACKLING COMPOUND Fills small holes and cracks in plaster and other surfaces before decorating. Available in 25 lb. bags, or in 5 lb. boxes packed 6 to the case. 3. BESTWALL PATCHING PLASTER Used for repairing large areas and cracks before painting. Available in 25 lb. bags, or in 5 lb. boxes packed 6 to the case. BW-62685 Rv 7/64 SGP 0028622 READY MIX \ JOINT COMPOUND DESCRIPTION Ready Mix Joint Compound is an easy-work ing material ideal for the filling of joints, and embedding the joint reinforcing tape in gypsum wallboard construction. Furnished in cans ready to use, this stable, all purpose compound is also excellent for uste in cover ing nailheads and forming interior and ex terior angles. Ready Mix Joint Compound assures a standard mixture for uniform work ability throughout the job. It has a long wet life and will not spoil even when the pail is opened. Ready Mix Joint Compound is com pletely compatible with Bestwall 1-Day Wallboard Joint Compound and may be used for the topping coat over Bestwall 1-Day Wallboard Joint Compound. Ready Mix Joint Com pound produces an excellent surface for any type of decoration. For best results, surface should be primed before being decorated. .dSZibL niftjaar ADVANTAGES No water needed -- overcomes job mixing Con venient for touchup work where only a small amount of material is needed*Very little consistency change*Does not have tendency to spoil Fast tool clean-up Smooth, easy-sanding finish Low shrink age No waste -- use only what's needed No paint discoloration Neater jobs -- will not stain wood flooring Provides smooth, seamless beauty PRODUCT USE Reinforcement and concealment of joints to produce smooth, unbroken wall surfaces in gypsum wall- board construction. Also used for covering nailheads and forming interior and exterior angles. DATA Packaging: 5 gallon pails; 1 gallon cans, pack aged four cans to a carton. Color: White; yellow on request. Application: Apply to joints, leaving a uniform thickness of material under the tapes. Apply first coat over tapes as soon as compound is completely dry. Fill corner bead. Treat nailheads at same time. Apply any further coats after previous coats are completely dry. BW-6451 Rev. 10/64 SGP 0028624 1-DAY WALLBOARD JOINT COMPOUND DESCRIPTION Bestwall 1-Day Wallboard Joint Compound is a new product developed through Bestwall re search and field-tested through Bestwall Systems Engineers. It is designed for taping, conceal ing nail heads and corner bead in gypsum wallboard construction. This new compound makes possible the taping and finishing of all wallboard joints within a single day. It is used for all coats preceding the final coat. The compound, a "setting" material, is formulated to harden in 2 Vi to 3 hours. When hardened, Bestwall 1-Day Wallboard Joint Com pound will not shrink. This solves a major prob lem of wallboard installation, by eliminating days of heating unfinished homes and buildings, time lost traveling to and from jobs, and long delays while waiting for conventional materials to dry and harden. And because there is no shrinkage, quantity of compound and number of coats applied may be reduced. ADVANTAGES Makes possible taping and finishing of all wallboard joints within a single day Sets and hardens in 2Vi to 3 hours Will not shrink when hardened Eliminates 4 to 5 days of delay. Eliminates multi-day heating of building while waiting for compounds to dry and hard en. Makes possible faster, more profitable jobs. PRODUCT USES For taping and all coats preceding the final coat in the finishing of joints, concealing of nailheads and corner bead in gypsum wallboard construction. It is well suited to high rise construction as well as to homes and other buildings. DATA Mixing: Mix 25 lbs. of Bestwall 1-Day Wallboard Joint Compound with 13 pints of water. Allow mix to soak 5 minutes. Re-mix, adding water if necessary to attain desired working consistency. Working life is ap proximately 2 hours. Application: Apply to joints, leaving a uniform thickness of material under the tapes. Apply first coat over tapes as soon as compound under tapes has hardened to a point where movement of the tapes will not occur. Fill corner bead. Treat nail heads at same time. Apply final tight coat with Bestwall Topping Compound, or other Bestwall finishing compounds as desired. When joint system texlures are to be used as part of the decorating scheme, a vinyl primer sealer or equiva lent must be applied to the entire surface prior to texturing. Complete application instructions included in each bag. Bestwall 1-Day Wallboard Joint Compound is available in 25 lb. bags. SGP 0028623 LAMINATING COMPOUND DESCRIPTION Bestwall Laminating Compound is an exclusive product formulated to assure adhesion between sheets of wallboard. It is a casein base dry pow der product, requiring addition of water only. Easy to mix and easy to apply, it forms a perma nent, positive bond. Only 30 to 35 lbs. of the compound are needed for 1000 ft. of glueline, making this a very economical product. Bestwall Laminating Compound has been proven effective through many years of actual field use. COMPOUND KflWAlL ADVANTAGES Provides strong, permanent adhesion between sheets of wallboard Easy to mix, requiring water only Needs no more than five minutes soaking time prior to use Easy to apply Economical Water resistant when dry Long open time permits flexibility of instal lation No increase in thickness due to bridging PRODUCT USES Designed specifically for joining sheets of wallboard together in a permanent, positive bond. DATA Consistency: Dry powder, mixes with water to form glue which will not self-level and which retains consisten cy during application. Proper mixture is 25 lbs. of Compound added to 4 Vi gals, of water (5Vi lbs. per gal.) Hardens into a water-resistant solid form. Will not increase thickness due to bridging. Coverage: Approximately 30 lbs. per 1000 sq. ft. of glueline. Application: May be applied with an Ames Applicator, or special notched spreader from Bestwall. Notches should be triangular, 3/16" x 3/16", and 3'4" on center. Complete instructions for mixing and applying are included on each bag. Packaging: 25 lb. bag. BW-62675R 10M 6-63 SGP 0028626 BESTWALL GRABIT Grabit is an adhesive developed by Bestwall which permits direct attachment of gypsum wallboard to interior masonry walls. It may be used on poured concrete, cinder block or concrete block walls which are rea sonably straight and true and are free from surface treatment, decoration, or protrusions. Grabit may be used on exterior walls which have been waterproofed on the weather side. Grabit may also be used to adhere gypsum wallboard to polystyrene insulation material. Adhesion is secure and permanent, with no need for furring strips or fasteners. After being mixed with water as directed, Grabit can be applied with blade or caulking gun. Only four 1" ribbons are needed for each 4' wide wallboard panel. The adhesive fills in all normal irregularities in the masonry. In 3 to 4 hours, Grabit sets hard, and joint taping and finishing operations may then be started. This adhesive may be used wherever there is need to attach gypsum wallboard to in terior masonry walls: in homes, apartments, hotels, offices and plants. GRABIT (AN ADHESIVE: raiWAii ADVANTAGES Eliminates all furring strips or fasteners Elimi nates nail popping Adhesive is permanent No special preparation of surface needed Only water needed for mixing Easy to apply, only four strips to each wallboard Sets in 3 to 4 hours. PRODUCT USES Designed for direct attachment of gypsum wallboard to interior masonry walls (or to exterior walls which have been waterproofed). Can be used any where in residential, commercial, or industrial installations. DATA Packaging: 50 lb. bags. Consistency: Dry powder, mixes with clean water to form a paste plastic enough to be applied with a caulking gun, yet stiff enough so that the bead will not sag or flow. Retains consistency for 7Vi hours or longer. Proper mixture is 50 lbs. of Grabit to 10 quarts of water. Fills in all normal irregular ities in the masonry. Hardens permanently in 3 to 4 hours. BW-62680 Rev. 7/44 Surface Preparation: Surfaces should be reason ably straight and true, free of fragments of mortar, splinters from forms, protruding reinforcing rods, etc. Surface out of alignment by 1" or more should be leveled by some suitable means. Coverage: Up to Vi lb. per sq. ft. depending on roughness of base surface. APPLICATION On the back side of board, apply a 1" ribbon of Grabit to each edge, and two ribbons in the field of the board 16" from each edge. Use mechanical fasteners or a brace where necessary, to hold board in place until adhesive sets. To align joints, place a 2"x4" over the adjoining board edges and tap with a hammer. If boards are warped, use masonry nails to pull boards into alignment. Remove all dropping from face of boards before the adhesive sets. Complete instructions for mixing and applying are included on each bag. SGP 0028627 SGP 0028625 C. Textures SGP 0028628 SGP 0028629 O'YPSUH LALLBOAHD MANUAL ri':6 EDITION Section 6 Sub-Section D AMES TAPING TOOLS An up-to-date folder is distributed by the Ames Tool Company whose home office is at 505 O1Neill Avenue, Belmont, California. All salesmen should review this carefully to have current information on mechanical tools used in the application of joint finishing materials, laminating compounds, and other items in wallboard application. Please notice, in running through the folder, that, while some of the items are available nFor Sale", the important equipment shown is available on a "Rental" basiso This is one of the oldest companies making such equipment and has tools distributed throughout the United States, Canada and other parts of the world They continually improve the equipment and, whenever a major change is made, will bring in the old pieces of equipment, replacing them with newer, improved moJejs. Thus, the applicators in tre field using Ames Tools rapidly have the advantage of their development and improvement. Also note the list of the Ames Taping Tool Systems, Inc, Distributors on the back sheet of the folder. Up-to-date stock of all items is maintained in these locations. The personnel service equipment, and promote use of the tools to applicators. A customer interested in getting some Ames equipment or having such equipment serviced should contact the Distributor closest to him, 'Where additional in formation or literature other than what is provided is needed, a note to the nearest Distributor will get most of the information needed very quickly# Bestwall Laboratory people work continuasly with the latest Ames equipment, to be sure Bestwall Joint System materials work through them0 Mr, Ames has been in contact with our Laboratory people from time-to-time and takes the position that his equipment can satisfactorily apply the Bestwall materials that he has seen. He instructs his representatives in the field and his dis tributors that they are not to promote one Hanufacturerls joint system to the exclusion of the other, unless they have definite proof of some problems, Tijis literature and information about the Ames equipment is sent to you to improve your knowledge of the tools in the trade used vdth Bestwall materials;, It is not meant to recommend this type equipment to the exclusion of other equipment which is available to do the same job, from other manufacturers. The major selling point of mechanical tools for applying joint system is: speed and quality quickly. There are some applicators who do an excellent job in hand application and who do not have enough work to justify some of these pieces of equipment. Be sure everyone understands that Bestwall Joint System materials can do a satisfactory job in both methods of application. SGP 0028630 Ames Taping Tools Distributors Ames Taping Tool Systems, Inc. (Northern California) 1770 SlROHRlDGH AnTNC'K CASTRO VALLEY. CALIFORNIA, U.S.A. Ames Taping Tool Systems, Inc. (Central California) l>. O. Box 807 S()S O'Nhili. Avenue BELMONT, CALIFORNIA, L'.S.A. Ames Taping Tool Systems, Inc. (Southern California) T ! Wisr ('ni.i.iss Avi nvi ORANGE. CALIFORNIA, U.S.A. Ames Taping Tool Systems, Inc. ( Illinois) ^77 > S: . Chari fa Road BERKELEY. ILLINOIS. U.S.A. Ames Taping Tool Systems, Inc. (Delaware) H E\sr Thirty-nKventh Stri hi WILMINGTON. DELAWARE, U.S.A. Ames Taping Tool (Texas) 1' O Box 327 I Ili.HW \1 I M EULESS. FLNAS. U.S.A. Systems, Inc. Ames Taping Tool Systems, Inc. (Ohio) 3()27 Lagrange TOLEDO, OHIO, U.S.A. Ames Taping Tool Systems, Inc. (Washington) 71 0' Beacon Avenue SEATTLE. WASHINGTON, U.S.A. Ames Taping Tool Systems, Inc. (Georgia) I S > Rio Circle DEC \TUR, GEORGIA, U.S.A. Ames Taping Tools of Canada, Ltd. -tiu No I Ri. i") \M H AVENUI WINNIPEG 2, MANITOBA, CANADA Mechanical Drywall of Australia, Pty. Ltd. P O. Box 5 SEVEN HILLS. N.S.W., AUSTRALIA Times Printing PRINTED IN U S A t'.ihlnrvij 39FORM AMES TAPING SGP 0028631 DRYWALL In the historically slow-to-change building indus try, the increased use of gypsum drywall has been spectacular. Billions of square feet of fireproof gyp sum wallboard are now being used annually, in the United States and throughout the world to help in the mass production of millions of new living units. At its humble beginning, it was possible to obtain only three-eighths inch thick gypsum board, nailed to studs. We now observe, however, its present state of development which allows Owners, Architects, and Builders to select their walls from: (a) One-half inch wallboard nailed to wooden studs, and having a forty-five minute fire rating. (b) One-half inch gypsum wallboard, nailed and glued to wooden studs. (c) Five-eighths inch thick gypsum wallboard, nailed to wooden studs, and having a onehour fire rating. (d) Two layer, three-eighths inch thick wallboard, first layer nailed to wooden studs, second layer glued to underlayer with no exposed nails. (e) Back blocking to prevent delayed ridging of joints. (f) Job fabricated, non-bearing partitions for the elimination of wall studs and the sav ing of floor space. (g) Pre-finished panels of imitation wood grain. (h) Many other recent innovations in order to secure the advantages inherent in fireproof gypsum wallboard. Drywall has become a major factor in the con struction industry. Along with this remarkable development of gypsum drywall, "Ames Tapi Tools" is closely identified with the growth of gypsum board itself. THERE ARE AMES TAPING TOOLS TO FIT YOUR JOB The Ames Taping Tools described on the follow ing pages were developed to provide the highest quality job of taping and finishing gypsum drywall joints at the least cost to the contractor. Ames Taping Tools: ) 1. Cut training time. 2. Increase the efficiency of even the best hand tapers. 3. Produce uniform jobs of the highest quality. 4. Speed up each opera tion. 3. Decrease material cost. i2 SGP 0028632 AUTOMATIC TAPER The Automatic Taper applies tape and cement simultaneously to the flat joints and corners. It automatically dispenses the correct amount of ce ment under the tape, regardless of the speed at which it is operated. The tool is designed for high-volume production and although more time is usually required to be come proficient with the Automatic Taper than with some of the other tools, the skilled operator can easily repay the small cost of the time spent learning. The average Automatic Taper operator will apply and wipe from 400-500 lineal feet of tape per hour. . *RENTAL RATE -- $ .88 PER DAY 3 CORNER ROLLER The Corner Roller, designed for forming corners, is used following the application of tape with the Automatic Taper. It imbeds the tape in the corner angles, forcing out the excess cement from under the tape preparatory to finishing. The Corner Roller can also be used following the operation of laying in the tape by hand with the Corner Applicator and Mud Shoe. This tool is simple to operate and requires no Jtraining period. * RENTAL RATE -- $ .08 PER DAY Furnished Free with rental of Automatic Taper 4 SGP 0028633 CORNER FINISHER Available in either 2" or 3" widths, the Ames Corner Finisher distributes the excess cement evenly over the tape, feathering the edges of the cement accurately. This tool may also be used with the Corner Applicator or Flat Applicator for applying an extra coat of cement over the tape in order to obtain as perfect a corner as possible. While many mechanics have learned to handle this precision tool very well with no training, we recommend that the new operator receive some instruction from an experienced man before at tempting its use. * RENTAL RATE -- $ .27 PER DAY* 5 CORNER APPLICATOR shown with finisher and shoe The Corner Applicator applies cement to corners preparatory to laying in the tape by hand. With the Shoe attachment, it cements both sides of the angle at once, thus reducing the time required for apply ing cement to inside angles. With the Corner Finisher Attachment, the Cor ner Applicator is used as the handle and cement carrier, and applies cement over the tape. ) Little training time is required to learn to use the Corner Applicator and Shoe. * RENTAL RATE -- $ .16 PER DAY 6 SGP 0028634 FLAT APPLICATOR with ATTACHMENTS With the Ribbon Applicator Head, the Flat Ap plicator dispenses ribbons of cement to flat joints preparatory to laying on tape by hand. With the Cone Base and Corner Shoe, it applies cement to both sides of inside angles simultane ously, and is designed for the contractor doing less than three houses per week. Usually no training is required to learn to use the Flat Applicator. | jf* * RENTAL RATE -- $ .25 PER DAY 7 FLAT FINISHERS The Ames Flat Finishers are available in three widths: 7"--applies the first coat of cement over the tape leaving the cemented area smooth with a feathered edge. 10"--applies the second coat of cement over the tape leaving a finished joint. 12"--Applies a third coat of cement. May be used instead of the 10" Flat Finisher for the sec ond coat if desired. The Ames Flat Finishers require little training and an inexperienced man can compete favorably as to speed and quality with an experienced hand *aper in a day or two. In a week's time, he should ne able to finish joints at a speed that no hand oper ator can match. The handles for these tools come in three lengths so the operator may work from the floor. ^RENTAL RATE -- $ .35 PER DAY EACH SIZE 8 SGP 0028635 NAIL SPOTTER The Ames Nail Spotter is used to apply cement to the nail head depressions in one easy motion, while working from the floor. The tool is light in weight, easy to handle and requires little training to operate efficiently. The reversible, replaceable Nail Spotter blade is priced at *$1.50 and becomes the property of the customer. *RENTAL RATE -- $ .17 PER DAY % 9 MASTIC SPREADER The tools shown above are specially designed for uniformly spreading mastic in the double wall sys tem of construction. They apply variously spaced beads of cement to the surface of the first course of gypsum board, to which the second course of gyp sum board is applied. * RENTAL RATE --$ .35 PER DAY 10 SGP 0028636 LOADING PUMP With its various nozzles, the Ames Loading Pump is used to fill the Automatic Taper, the Flat Applicator, the Corner Applicator, the Flat Fin ishers and the Multiple Bead Spreaders with cement. The capacity of the pump is such that a mini mum of time is lost in filling tools. MASTIC SPREADER (single bead) The Single Bead Spreader applies a large single bead of mastic and has been developed for bridging irregularities as where steel clips are used to secure the first course of gypsum board. A replaceable screen at the intake of the pump assures clean cement with which to work and is available in three different meshes. I * RENTAL RATE -- $ .35 PER DAY The Loading Pump is designed to be used in a standard five gallon pail. * RENTAL RATE -- $ .06 PER DAY 11 12 SGP 0028637 BLOCK SANDER | The Block Sander, useful throughout the taping 8. operation, is used to knock off particles or "crumbs" | left on the wall up to the height the operator can | reach. > This sander is very popular with workmen for a variety of sanding jobs, and is furnished free with # the original set of Ames Finishing Tools. t It may also be purchased separately. | No free maintenance work is performed on :: sale items. !; )' i- 13 UNIVERSAL SANDER The Ames Universal Sander is excellent for use on walls and ceilings above the height an operator can reach with the Block Sander. Its patented swivel device makes it possible to sand both the ceiling and wall sides of ceiling angles from the floor. The Universal Sander is furnished rent free with the original set of Ames Finishing Tools.. It may also be purchased separately 14 SGP 0028638 I BROADKNIFE BLADE WIDTHS: 7" AND 9" REGULAR AND LONG HANDLES With the Ames Broadknife all wiping can be done from the floor. The replaceable blade eliminates the expense of purchasing an additional handle. There is a patented flexible shim plate at the anchor point of the blade which increases the blade resistance to break at this particular stress area. r. !! The Broadknife is furnished free with the orig inal set of Ames Taping and Finishing Tools. May also be purchased separately 15 12" BLADE PAN These items are furnished rent free with the orig inal set of Ames Finishing Tools. The Cement Mixer is furnished primarily to ac quaint the operator with this method of mixing cement and to discourage use of sticks for this pur pose as they too often leave trash in the cement. The 12" Blade Pan is furnished to acquaint the operator with a pan of the proper size and shape and has a patented replaceable blade. They may be purchased from your nearest Ames Distributor. 16 SGP 0028639 SUGGESTED COMBINATION OF TOOLS FOR TAPING 1 Automatic Taper with Corner Roller . $ .88 1 Loading Pump............................................06 *DAILY RENTAL................................. $ .94 The above equipment is sufficient for one man to apply tape to flats and angles. If the operator saves only one man hour per day, rental of these tools is highly profitable for the contractor. *All rental rates and prices shown apply only to the United States. For rates outside U. S., contact your nearest distributor. n SUGGESTED COMBINATION OF TOOLS FOR TAPING AND FINISHING CORNERS 1 Corner Applicator 1 Corner Roller 1 3" Corner Finisher 1 Loading Pump ........................... $ .16 ................................... 08 ................................... 27 ................................... 06 *DAILY RENTAL ............................. $ .57 All the equipment necessary for applying the ape in corners and finishing over the tape. 18 SGP 0028640 SUGGESTED COMBINATION OF TOOLS FOR FLAT FINISHING 1. 7" Flat Finisher................................ $ .35 1 12" Flat Finisher...................................... 35 1 Loading Pump...........................................06 *DAILY RENTAL..................................$ -76 These tools are required to finish the flat joints. Again the saving of only one man-hour per day will more than justify use of these tools. 1 The time saved using the Ames Tools varies from one to four hours per day. 19 SUGGESTED COMBINATION OF TOOLS FOR LIMITED PRODUCTION 1 Flat Applicator....................................$ 25 1 7" Flat Finisher............................................35 1 Corner Roller................................................ 08 1 Corner Finisher.................................... 27 1 Loading Pump............................................06 *DAILY RENTAL................................$1.01 These tools will complete all phases of taping jfand finishing. One man operating the above tools should effect a substantial saving in time over the best hand tapers. 20 SGP 0028641 RECOMMENDED SET OF TOOLS FOR THE CONTRACTOR DOING THREE TO FIVE HOUSES PER WEEK 1 Corner Applicator............................... $ -16 1 Flat Applicator............................................25 1 Corner Roller................................................ 08 1. Corner Finisher...........................................27 1 7" Flat Finisher............................................35 1 10" Flat Finisher....................................... 35 2 Loading Pumps............................................ 12 * DAILY RENTAL........................... $1.58 The above set of tools is sufficient equipment for two men doing three to five houses per week. These tools should save the contractor at least four times the rental cost. Any combination of tools may be used. The in dividual contractor will soon learn which tools best suit his needs. 21 RECOMMENDED SET OF TOOLS FOR THE CONTRACTOR DOING MORE THAN FIVE HOUSES PER WEEK 1 Automatic Taper with Corner Roller . $ .88 1 Corner Finisher............................................ 27 1 7" FlatFinisher........................................ 35 1 10" FlatFinisher.........................................35 1 12" FlatFinisher........................................ 35 1 Corner Applicator........................................16 3 Loading Pumps.................................. ' .18 *DAILY RENTAL................................. $2.54 This set of tools is sufficient equipment for three operators. The cost is less than $0.91 per man per day. These tools, when in the hands of experienced Ames operators are the answer to volume taping and finishing. With each man specializing in one operation, excellent speed and quality is attained. Also, it is not uncommon to cut the time required to tape and finish in half when using Ames Taping Tools. ,,,, SGP 0028642 SGP 0028643 &E5TWALL HUMMER SYSTEMS SGP 0028644 STRIP LAMINATION This original strip laminated method of applying Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard provides nearly all the advantages of two-ply lamination at lower cost. Full size sheets of Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard are applied to the framing of walls and ceilings over strips of gypsum wallboard. The System is recommended for com mercial and residential work in new construction or remodeling -- wherever strong, durable walls and ceilings are desired. SOUND TRANSMISSION--34 db. STRENGTH--Strip lamination at joining of boards and in center greatly strengthens construction. LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION--Smooth surfaces-- monolithic finish. WALL SECTION SGP 0028645 STRIP LAMINATED CEILING--Joist spacing 24" o.c. NOTE: Screws may be eliminated if joist spacing is 16" o.c. Center taper midway between joints if joists are spaced greater than 16" o.c BESTWALL HUMMER SYSTEMS STRIP LAMINATION FEATURES: 1. Sound Transmission Loss: .34 Decibels (Tested before 1957). 2. Strength: .............................. Strip lamination at joint of boards and in center greatly strengthens application. 3. Laminated Construction: ..Smooth monolithic walls created by unitized lamination of multi-plies of Gypsum Wallboard. SPECIFICATIONS: All gypsum wallboard and joint system materials used, includ ing laminating compound, shall be manufactured by the Bestwall Gypsum Company and shall be installed by a Bestwall Hummer licensed contractor in a first-class work manship manner. FIRST (or back) LAYER (apply to ceilings first and then to sidewalls). Backer Board: Use %" thick, 8" wide strips at right angles to the framing. 4" wide strips may be used at floor line and ceiling angles. 8" wide board strips should be spaced 24" o.c. Nailing: Use 1 Vi "Drywall nails (or 1" long, flat head divergent point staples). Over metal framing use annular ring nail, serrated staple or Bestwall Drywall screws. Use two fasteners, each 1" from edge, in every nailer, back of strip. Nail heads (or staples) should be driven flush with the surface of the board. DO NOT DIMPLE BOARD. SECOND (or face) LAYER (apply to ceilings first and then to sidewalls). Face Board: Use */2" thick, 4' wide, 8' to 16' long, tapered edge Gypsum Wallboard (use wallboard with center taper on ceilings), applied at right angles to the framing. Make joints in face board centered over the 8" board strips. Laminating Compound: See Bestwai: Product Sheet BW 62355. Apply laminating compound to back of board in strips with serrated spreader or on strips on ceilings and walls with a machine glue spreader. Face Nailing: Use 1s/6" long, Drywall nail. Over metal framing use Bestwall Drywall screw. Do not dimple board for fasteners that are under tape or trim. Ceilings: Nail in edges and center taper at every nailing member. Sidewalls: Nail in edges only at every stud. Additional Fasteners: Use Bestwall flat head screws in joints midway between joists or studs, if spaced more than 16" o.c. (as 24" o.c.). Note: For sidewalls only use a double-headed nail in the center of the sheet at every other stud to hold face board tight to back strips until glue hardens. Joint Treatment and Decoration: See Bestwail P.-cauc: Sheet 3V*-6236C. BW62385--Rev. SGP 0028647 TWO-PLY GYPSUM LAMINATION Two-Ply Lamination is an advanced system of wall and ceiling construction erected by laminating two plies of %" Bestwall Glass Fiber Reinforced Gypsum Wallboard to conventional framing. The first ply is nailed. The second is applied with adhesive and nails. It is the basic system for fire rated, durable walls and ceilings for residential and commercial work in new construction or remodeling. FIRE RESISTANCE--One-Hour SOUND TRANSMISSION--38-43 db. STRENGTH--Two-ply lamination offers twice the strength of one-ply application. LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION--Smooth surfaces-- monolithic finish. WALL ELEVATION SCALE %" = l'O" WALL SECTION SGP 0028649 ^----- NOTE: Screws may be eliminated if joist spacing is 16" o.c. TWO-PLY CEILiNG--Joist spacing 24" o c SCALE 3"= l'O" BESTWALL HUMMER SYSTEMS TWO-LAYER LAMINATION FEATURES: 1. Fire Resistance:...................One hour. 2. Sound Transmission Loss: .43 Decibels (Tested before 1957). 38 Decibels (Tested 1958). 3. Strength: .............................. Two-layer lamination has twice the strength of a single layer application. 4. Laminated Construction: . .Smooth monolithic walls created by unitized lamination of multi-plies of Gypsum Wallboard. SPECIFICATIONS: All gypsum wailboard and joint system materials used, includ ing laminating compound, shall be manufactured by the Bestwall Gypsum Company and shall be Installed by a Bestwall Hummer licensed contractor in a first-class work manship manner. FIRST (or back) LAYER (apply to ceiling first and then to sidewalls). Backer Board: Use %" thick, 4' or 2' wide, square edge gypsum backer, applied at right angles to the framing. Nailing: Use lVi" Drywall nails (or 1" long, divergent point staples). Ceiling spacing 5" to 7" o.c. Walls 6" to 8" o.c. Over metal framing use Bestwall Drywall screws or attachments recommended by metal framing manufacturing specifications. DO NOT DIMPLE BOARD. SECOND (or face) LAYER (apply to ceilings first and then to sidewalls). Face Board: Use 3/g" thick, 4' wide, 8' to 16' long, tapered edge Gypsum Wailboard (use wailboard with center taper on ceilings) applied at right angles to the framing. Joints in face board must not occur over joints in the first layer board (spaced 12" min.). Do not dimple board for nails or screws that are under tape or trim. Laminating Compound: See 8es'^a; p- rj, V ee 3W S23S: Apply glue to back of face layer with serrated metal blade or to face of back layer with machine glue spreader. Note: For applying face layer which has a vapor barrier predecorated finish, use a "contact type" adhesive. Face Nailing: Use l5/8" long Drywall nails. Ceilings: Nail in edges and center taper at every nailing member. Sidewalls: Nail in edges only at every stud. Additional Fasteners: Use Bestwall Drywall screws in joints midway between joists or studs, if spaced more than 16" o.c. (as 24" o.c.). For sidewalls only, use a double-headed nail in the center of the sheet at every other stud to hold face board tight to back layer until glue hardens. Joint Treatment and Decorating: See a:-s-wi .. 3 Y.:.; rk. BW62380 -Rev. *e;twail 8 Wg"producTS BESTWALL GYPSUM COMPANY PAOLI, PENNSYLVANIA SGP 0028651 SGP 0028652 SGP 0028653 WHY DRYWALL SYSTEMS: 1. Dry Construction A. Fast installation B. Minimum clean up C. Work progress in any weather 2. Exacting fire rating 3. Exacting sound rating 4. Price competitive with other wall systems BACKGROUND: Laminated Gypsum Wallboard Systems are not new. The first patents were issued in 1938 to Mr. E. 8. Hummer, Bestwall Gypsum Company's Research and Development Director for Drywall Systems. The develop ment by Bestwall of a one-hour fire resistive assembly utilizing a %" thick patented gypsum core (Firestop). coupled with the "know how" of laminating multi-plies of Gypsum Wallboard together, made possible the creation of systems which could develop fire resistive qualities and sound attenuation acceptable in multi-story residential buildings. All of these systems have been accepted by F.H.A., lending institutions, and approved under local building codes. EXPANSION: In 1962 Bestwall Gypsum Company completed an expansion program that increased production capacities by 90 per cent. This program was designed to accommodate the added uses of Gypsum Wallboard created by the acceptance of commercial application of these systems. Adequate manufacturing facilities are now maintained to service projects regard less of schedule or scope. THE CREATION OF SYSTEMS ENGINEERING: Systems Engineers, specialists in application of commercial Drywall Systems, have been thoroughly trained to recommend the proper com bination of systems that meet the specifications of the most discrimi nating architects. They can assist with architectural detailing, lending institution presentations, quantity surveys and actual on-the-job appli cation. Bestwall Systems Engineers are available through all local Bestwall Certain-teed Sales Corporation District Sales Offices. There are twenty-four located in strategic cities across the nation. CONCLUSION: For the architect who desires walls that produce a quiet, safe building, the Bestwall Systems Engineer will recommend the proper Bestwall System. The owner will appreciate the low insurance rates and the smooth, maintenance-free walls that can receive any type of finish. The tenant will renew leases in a comfortable, quiet residence. Consideration and planning now will assure a profitable investment. SGP 0028654 Electrical work roughed in, ready for 1" coreboard Laminating finished layer to 1" coreboard Stud lamination to first side Completion of partition SGP 0028655 DESCRIPTION This non-load bearing gypsum partition is recommended for high-rise apartment houses, commercial installations and institutional buildings, wherever party walls with particularly good sound resistance and fire protection are desired. It is erected by laminating i/2" ply to 1" homo geneous board on each side of an air space. This center air cavity allows space for concealed wiring, electrical boxes, hose boxes, piping, and other rough work. It also provides greater resistance to sound trans mission. For specifications see Bestwall Systems Engineering Folder BW-62400. FEATURES Fire Resistant: The Double Solid Partition System (6" thick-basic) provides 2-hour fire protection. Sound Transmission Loss: 47.2 db. (6" thick-basic). Strength: Proven in ASTM "Bump" tests and performance to have greater resistance to deflection and cracking than a standard frame or thin solid wall. Laminated Construction: Smooth monolithic walls created by unitized lamination of multi-plies of Gypsum Wallboard. Center Air Space: (1" to 6" as required) space for piping--conduit-- fixture framing--additional resistance to sound transmission. DESCRIPTION This basic system is the original method for erecting non-load bearing corridor and party wails. It is erected by laminating %" Bestwall Firestop Gypsum Wallboard to gypsum ribs with metal or wood floor and ceiling runners. It provides thin, yet strong, lightweight, highly fire resistive partitions. A Bestwall Systems Engineer can modify this, and all other Bestwall Partition Systems, to meet your specific job require ments of sound and fire resistant characteristics and also electrical and telephone conduits, mechanical and air equipment, etc. For specifica tions see Bestwall Systems Engineering Folder BW-62390. FEATURES Fire Resistant: Semi-Solid Laminated Gypsum Partitions (21/4" thickbasic) provide 1-hour fire protection. With modifications 11/2, 2. and 3-hour fire resistance can be obtained. Sound Transmission Loss: 2'/4'' partitions--35 db., 2%" partitions --37.5 db.. 4" partitions--37 db.. 5" partitions--40 db. Strength: At least 10 per cent less deflection under standard ASTM "Bump" test than walls within 2" x 4" studs 16" o.c. faced with i/2" Gypsum Wallboard. Laminated Construction: Smooth monolithic walls created by unitized lamination of multi-plies of Gypsum Wallboard.* DESCRIPTION This is a complete non-load bearing system that integrates Bestwall. the original glass fibered gypsum wallboard. with lightweight steel framing. It is designed and engineered to create an economical partition that may be fire rated. It offers accurate and speedy installation with savings in material and labor. In addition, this system provides a varied range of functional and decorative space design for new and remodeling work in commercial, industrial, institutional and residential buildings. For speci fications consult Bestwall's Metal Stud Partition Folder BW-62120. FEATURES Versatility: System components may be combined with a variety of board thicknesses to meet individual requirements. Light Weight: This is a factor which can result in savings in struc tural design requirements. Workability: Simplicity of design assures minimum on-site construc tion delays. Fire Resistant: 1-hour fire rating is achieved with a single layer of %" Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard on both faces. A 2-hour fire rating is achieved with a double layer of %" Bestwall Firestop on both faces. SGP 0028656 SGP 0028657 SGP 0028658 BESTWALL GYPSUM COMPANY GYPSUM WALLBOARD MANUAL 1965 EDITION Section 7 Stib-Se ction A SEMI-SOLID PABTITION Correct Erection Method The semi-solid partition which involves a layer of wallboard on each side of gypsum ribs is the present name for the original Bestwall Hummer System "B". Much of the Conpany literature has shown the manufacture of a paneL and the erection of this panel in a wall. In some instances, this involved a two faced panel and in other instances, it was one face with ribs. This prefabri cation was done in a warehouse or on the job by the drywall applicator*s men. Current literature no longer shows 3-1/2rt and 6-l/4n ribs nor 12" ribs. A standard 6" wide rib is used in the semi-solid partition. A full scale fire test with 5/8" Eirestop and 1" thick ribs made of this assembly has proven that the fire resistance is applicable with 6" wide ribs at the joint between the face boards and in the center, that is, 2* on center. Furthermore, the test was made without joint treatment but with mechanical fasteners, as shown in the details. The Bestwall Laboratory has experimented with and shown that it is practical to erect a semi--solid partition in place without any prefabrication. The new sound slide film showing "Gypsum Wallboard in High Hise Buildings", shows this method. Install the floor runners, plumb up and install the ceiling runners. Then start at the exterior wall columns, etc., and set the wallboard vertically on one side, fastening it with 1" long Bestwall Drywall Screws (nails may be used in wood runners) to the ceiling and floor runner. Next to the backside of this first layer, apply Bestwall Laminating Compound with a glue spreader 3" on each of the joints between sheets and in a 6" width down the center of the board. A 6" gypsum rib (l" thick, or as specified) should then be held in place against the back of the board over the glue by a workman with one centered over the joint and the other rib at the center of the sheet. A second workman on the facs side of an initial layer should attach a l-l/2" long Bestwall Drywall screw (designed for this use and shown in the Price Schedule) with an electric power screw driver, approximately 2' on center, with ^ screws to an 8* high partition to hold the rib tight in the board. A screw should be used on the edge of each board into the rib and in the center of the sheet. After the ribs are all in place and the various electrical wiring, piping, and other rough in work completed, the applicator should run Bestwall laminating compound with a mechanical glue spreader down the ribs and then install the other face side of the semi-solid partition, using Bestwall Drywall Screws (l" long) at the top and bottom runners, and (l-l/2" long) in the face board into the ribs in the same manner as on the first side. The next day when the glue has set, the partition will show remarkable rigidity and strength. This semi-solid partition with 5/8" Eirestop and 1" ribs is one <;r;p nn?Rfi59 gypsum hatido^d mutual 1965 Edition -2 - Section 7 Sub-Section A hour fire resistant0 Advantages 1, The screw attachment is no more costly than the screw attachment of g'npsum hoard to metal studs. Actually, this construction method is similar to the installation followed by mary applicators for 81 to 9' high oartitions of single layer Gypsum Board over metal studs, 2, Stronger by test than conventional $n partition, stud and l/2" gypsum wallboard, 3, Saved -- 20 square feet more us viable floor area than 2" x If1 wood stud wall construction for every 100 lineal feet of partition. LAMP D TED GYPSUM WALLBQARP SYSTEMS Bowing Board For years E. B. Hummer has advocated bowing the face board in all laminated gypsum wallboard work. After the base layer is in place, the face layer to be laminated if it is bowed so that the outer or exposed face is concave and the backside is convex, the board will hug the wall in application and reduce to eliminate the necessity for fasteners within the field of the board. This bow ing should veiy generally be across the long dimension of the board, that is the long dimension should be bent in the curve. Where the face board is erected vertically it is obvbus that by doin. this the board can be nailed at the top plate, pressed down and nailed at the bottom plate, hugging the wall all the way doTM and eliminating the need of the nailing through the face of the board in the field. This is particularly helpful when applying predecorated board as Woodgrain board, Eternawall, or the Decorator line. This is equally applicable to the application of the board to wood fram ing and those framing numbers are in the same plane or where the board is being applied to an existing surface, When the face board is applied horizontally, bow the board across the short direction of the board, that is make the U'1 width curved, and again applying the board Tiith the top edge in place first and pull the bottom edge in, nailing along the tapered edge. Bestwall literature many years ago had detailed drawings showing the method of piling board to develop this curvature. While competition minimized the idea at that time, you will see USG, National and other manufacturers showing details on bowing gypsum wallboard in some of their current literature. Do not place a support in the middle of a sheet of board and let the ends hang dew to accomplish this curvature. This will result in very badly misshaped and warped board which will defeat the purpose of curving the board. Have the beard flat on the floor with the surface that is to be concave up and then lay supports under the edges of the board to raise the edge up and allow the weight of the board to accomplish the curvature. This should be no more than 1" in 4* or 2" in 8*. Generally, allowing the board to set in this position over nir-ht will accomplish the desired curvature on the face board. Allowing the board to remain too long in this position will again defeat the purpose and result in some badly warped board. SGP 0028660 1965 Edition -3 - Section 7 Sub-Section A With care E. B. Humm'r's idea as advocated by Bestwall for mary years and now by other gypsum manufacturers can assist the contractor in getting good lamin ated installations and eliminate the need of fasteners in the field thereby reducing the cost of the installation. SGP 0028661 SGP 0028662 SEMI-SOLID LAMINATED GYPSUM PARTITIONS The Semi-Solid Gypsum Partition System is a non-load bearing construction erected by laminated %" Bestwall Firestop Gypsum Wallboard to gypsum ribs inserted in metal or wood floor and ceiling runners. It is recommended for com mercial and residential work in both new construction and remodeling--wherever fire-rated, non-load bearing partitions are required. FIRE RESISTIVE--One-hour. SOUND TRANSMISSION--35 db. STRENGTH -- More rugged, less joint breakage, no nail pops. LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION--Smooth surfaces-- monolithic finish. 4- SGP 0028663 SCALE 3" = l'O" SGP 0028665 'TA \ i ? a l V V* ?t % *; v 1 SYSTEMS ZVt" SEMI-SOLID GYPSUM WALLBOARD NON-LOAD BEARING PARTITION FEATURES: 1. Fire Resistance: ................ One hour with Bestwall Firestop. 2. Sound Transmission Loss: .35 Decibels (Tested before 1957). 30 Decibels (Tested 1958). 3. Strength:.............................. More rugged, under standard "Bump" test than wall with 2" x 4" studs, 16" o.c., faced with y2" gypsum wallboard. 4. Laminated Construction: . Smooth monolithic walls created by unitized lamination of multi-plies of Gypsum Wallboard. 5. Extra Usable Floor Space:. .20 sq. ft. more than 2" x 4" stud wall construction for every 100 lin. ft. of wall. SPECIFICATIONS: All gypsum wallboard and joint system material used, includ ing laminating compound, shall be manufactured by the Bestwall Gypsum Company and shall be installed by a Bestwall Hummer licensed contractor in a first-class work manship manner. Floor and Ceiling Runners: Use 1" x 1%" wood or metal hat section runners. #105 Metal Casings for 5/8" board may be used at ceiling line in lieu of wood or metal runners. Laminated Ribs: Construction: Made by laminating 2--V2~ gypsum strips 6" wide. Spacing: One rib centered over joint between first layer boards. Another centered between joints. Face Board: Use 5/a" Bestwall Firestop, 4' wide, floor to ceiling height (12' max.), tapered edge, applied vertically with joints on center of rib. Laminating Compound: - " Apply glue to back of face layer with serrated knife in strips or to rib on wall with a mechanical glue spreader. Face Nailing: Use 1%" long, Drywall nails at ceiling and floor line, space 5" o.c. If board is set on floor, space 8" o.c. Use lx/2" long, Bestwall Drywall screws in joints spaced max. 24" o.c. as shown. Do not dimple board for fasteners that are under tape or trim. Joint Treatment and Decoration: ONE-HOUR FIRE RESISTANCE 4" SEMI-SOLID GYPSUM WALLBOARD NON-LOAD BEARING PARTITION FEATURES: 1. Fire Resistance: .................Two-hours with B/a" Bestwall Firestop. 2. Sound Transmission Loss: 42 Decibels (Tested before 1957). 37 Decibels (Tested 1958). 3. Strength: ..............................At least 10% less deflection under standard ASTM "Bump'' test than walls with 2" x 4" studs 16" o.c. faced with t/2" Gypsum Wallboard. 4. Laminated Construction: ..Smooth monolithic walls created by unitized lamination of multi-plies of Gypsum Wallboard. SPECIFICATIONS: All gypsum wallboard and joint system materials used, in cluding laminating compound, shall be manufactured by the Bestwall Gypsum Company and shall be installed by a Bestwall Hummer licensed contractor in a first-class work manship manner. Floor and Ceiling Runners: Use ll/2" x l5/8" wood runner or metal hat section with y2" thick 2" wide gypsum board strip applied to metal runner. Laminated Ribs: Construction: Made by laminating 2--1/2" gypsum strips 6" wide. Spacing: One rib centered over |oint between first layer boards. Another centered between |oints. First Layer Board: Use 5/8" Bestwall Firestop, 4' wide, floor and ceiling height (12' max.). Apply vertically with joints centered over rib. Nailing: Use l5/8" long, Drywall nail at ceiling and floor lines spaced 8" o.c. or Bestwall Drywall screws with metal floor and ceiling runners. Face Layer Board: Use 5/8" Bestwall Firestop, 4' wide, floor to ceiling height (12'max.) tapered edge, applied ver tically with joints off those in first layer. Laminating Compound: . . "Apply glue to back of face layer with serrated knife in strips or to ribs on wall witha mechanical glue spreader. Face Board Nailing: Use 21/2" nail at ceiling and floor, 8" o.c. or Drywall screws with metal runners. Screws: Use 2" long Bestwall Drywall screws at edges of first layer and face boards, 24" o.c. Joint Treatment and Decorating: TWO-HOUR FIRE RESISTANCE SGP 0028666 BESTWAL *a 4r HviLn ,*\3SC" A $ ,*\ 'S' ^ ^ >** | >.,? 5 '%+- \ '*a*y '< 'W i a i \*iif 5" SEMI-SOLID GYPSUM WALLBOARD NON-LOAD BEARING PARTITION FEATURES: 1. Fire Resistance: ............... Three-hours with Bestwall Firestop. 2. Sound Transmission Loss: 47 Decibels (Tested before 1957). 40 Decibels (Tested 1958). 3. Strength: ............................. At least 10% less deflection under standard ASTM "Bump" tests than walls with 2" x 4" studs, 16" o.c., faced with l/2" Gypsum Wallboard. 4. Laminated Construction: ..Smooth monolithic walls created by unitized lamination of multi-plies of Gypsum Wallboard. SPECIFICATIONS: All gypsum wallboard and joint system materials used, in cluding laminating compound, shall be manufactured by the Bestwall Gypsum Company and shall be installed by a Bestwall Hummer licensed contractor in a first-class work manship manner. Floor and Ceiling Runners: Use metal hat sections or 1" x 1%" wood runners spaced l/z" apart. Laminated Ribs: Construction: Made by laminating 2--V2" gypsum strips 6" wide. Spacing: One rib centered over joint between first layer boards. Another centered between joints. First Layer Board: Use 5/8" Bestwall Firestop, 4' wide, floor and ceiling height (12' max.). Apply vertically with joints centered over rib. Nailing: Use l5/a" long, Drywall nail at ceiling and floor lines spaced 8" o.c. or Bestwall Drywall screws with metal floor and ceiling runners. Face Layer Board: Use 5/8" Bestwall Firestop, 4' wide, floor to ceiling height (12' max.) tapered edge, applied ver tically with joints off those in first layer. Laminating Compound: . ... -. -; Apply glue to back of face layer with serrated knife in strips or to ribs on wall with a mechanical glue spreader. Face Board Nailing: Use 2I/2" nail at ceiling and floor, 8" o.c. or Drywall screws with metal runners. Screws: Use 2" long Bestwall Drywall screws at edges of first layer and face boards, 24" o.c. Joint Treatment and Decorating: . Note: For best value in reducing sound transmission a y2" rigid glass fiber low density material should be inserted in center space between two sides of wall. HREP RL^GyPSuA<, iMM BESTWALL GYPSUM COMPANY PAOLI, PENNSYLVANIA SGP 0028667 --Rev. BE5TWALI SYSTEMS ENGINEER BESTWALL FIRESTOP GYPSUM WALLBOARD ONE HOUR NON-LOAD-BEARING STUDLESS WALL REPRODUCTION FROM UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC. GUIDE NO. 40 U18.23. Guide No. 40 U18.23. Wallboard. Bestwall Gypsum Co., Ardmore, Pa. For Wall and Partition Design No. 10-1 Hr. June 3, 1957 File R2717 GUIDE NO. 40 U18 GENERAL INFORMATION (CONT'D) WALLS AND PARTITIONS CLASS E-l DESIGNS DESIGN NO. 10-1 HR.--(NON-BEARING PARTITION) WOOD RUNNERS--1 BY Ws IN. YELLOW PINE USED ON SILL, LINTEL AND SIDES FASTENED TO CONCRETE OR MASONRY WITH 14 IN. BOLTS 3 IN . LONG ANDEXPANSION SHIELDS OR 314 IN. MASONRY NAILS. NAILS--5d, l5/8 IN. LONG 14 IN. HEAD NAILS SPACED 8 IN. O.C. TO SECURE WALLBOARD TO WOOD RUNNERS. JOINT 48" JOINT JOINT- #w WALLBOARD RIBS--2 LAYERS OF 14 IN. THICK WALLBOARD GLUED TOGETHER WITH A CASEIN TYPE GLUE TO FORM EITHER 614 IN. OR 3!4 IN. WIDE AND 4 IN. LESS IN LENGTH THAN PARTITION HEIGHT. WALLBOARD--5/s IN. THICK LISTED BY U.L. INC. GUIDE NO. 40 U18.23 ATTACHED TO RIBS WITH GLUE, NAILS AND SCREWS, AND TO WOOD RUNNERS WITH NAILS. -- SCREWS-NO. 16 PHILIPS HEAD, 114 IN. LONG SPACED 20 IN. ON CENTERS AT EACH JOINT. NAILS--6d, 2 IN. LONG FINISHING NAILS SPACED 8 IN. O.C., NAILED AT 45 DEGREE ANGLE INTO RIBS. ADHESIVE-IDENTIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL LISTING UNDER WALLBOARD, GUIDE NO. 40 U18.23 APPLIED TO RIBS FOR ATTACHMENT TO WALLBOARD. SGP 0028668 m,, ^V Un41" --rXt 1 >|' " Un" t*- -*i HA'-oU" gypsum board * .___i" DETAIL B ------\ 1 --'. - -- - - --- : V. - 2? NAILS t: ..... % : -----\s*ss j s s j / / ss/ as / / s / / _ n. . T e 1i________l1 .11 1 _iwmr___ ? 'A ^ Lr Li' f r,*_03' - 3 4 0 PANEL 2_'1tT 3'_2i" 10-of----------------------------------------------- ELEVATION OF PANEL SCALE Vz = I'-O" SECTION Form No. BW-62270 WCX)D WEDGES UNDER EACH RIB DRILL WOOD RUNNERS @ I6"0.C. FOR DRIVING SPIKES INTO CONSTRUCTION ll_H DETAIL B SCALE I I'-O" SGP 0028669 BESTWALL GYPSUM CO. SYSTEMS ENGINEERING, ARDMORE, PA. BESTWALL HUMMER SYSTEM "B" (MODIFIED) NON LOAD BEARING PARTITION 4-8-57 2-21-57 FIG.I R 2717-19-21 PRINTED IN U S A. BEJTWALl SYSTEMS ENGINEER BESTWALL FIRESTOP GYPSUM WALLBOARD TWO HOUR NON-LOAD BEARING STUDLESS WALL REPRODUCTION FROM UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC. GUIDE NO. 40 U18.23. Guide No. 40 U18.23 Wallboard. August 26, 1957 Bestwall Gypsum Co., Ardmore, Pa. For Wall and Partition Design No. 7-2 hr and 5-3 hr File R2717 GUIDE NO. 40 U18 GENERAL INFORMATION (CONT'D) WALLS AND PARTITIONS CLASS D-2 DESIGN DESIGN NO. 7-2HR (NON-BEARING PARTITION) WOOD RUNNER--l1/^ X 1% IN. YELLOW PINE, USED ON SILL, LINTEL AND SIDES, FASTENED TO CONCRETE OR MASONRY WITH A IN. BOLTS AND EXPANSION SHIELD OR 3>/2 IN. MASONRY NAILS. NAILS--5d, l5/8 IN. LONG, A IN. HEADS SPACED 8 IN. O.C. TO SECURE INNER LAYER'------ 1 WALLBOARD WITH RIBS ATTACHED TO WOOD RUNNERS. 8d, m IN. LONG, A IN. HEAD NAILS SPACED 8 IN. O.C. TO SECURE OUTER LAYER OF WALLBOARD TO WOOD RUNNERS. -- WALLBOARD RIBS--2 LAYERS OF '/2 IN. THICK WALLBOARD GLUED TOGETHER WITH A CASEIN TYPE GLUE TO FORM EITHER VA IN. OR M IN. WIDE RIBS 4 IN. LESS IN LENGTH THAN PARTITION HEIGHT. THE 6'/4 IN. RIBS (2) FORM THE JOINT BEARING AREA AND THE 3>/4 IN. RIB IS USED IN THE CENTER OF EACH WALLBOARD SHEET. -- ADHESIVE-CASEIN TYPE, MIX 4 LB. OF DRY POWDER TO 1.4 GAL. OF WATER. -- WALLB0ARD-5/8 IN. THICK LISTED BY U.L. INC. GUIDE NO. 40 U18.23 ATTACHED TO RIBS WITH GLUE, NAILS AND SCREWS, AND TO WOOD RUNNERS WITH NAILS. THE OUTER LAYER ATTACHED TO INNER LAYER WITH GLUE, NAILS AND SCREWS. -- SCREWS-NO. 16 PHILIPS HEAD WOOD SCREWS l'/2 IN. LONG SPACED 20 IN. O.C. AT EACH JOINT OF INNER BOARD. NO. 16 PHILIPS HEAD WOOD SCREWS 2 IN. LONG SPACED 20 IN. O.C. AT EACH JOINT OF OUTER BOARD. JOINTS COVERED WITH TAPE AND JOINT CEMENT. -- NAILS--6d, 2 IN. LONG FINISHING NAILS SPACED 8 IN. O.C. AND AT 45 DEG. ANGLE ATTACHING INNER LAYER TO RIBS. 8d, 2Vi IN. LONG FINISHING NAILS SPACED 8 IN. O.C. AND AT 45 DEG. ANGLE ATTACHING OUTER LAYER THROUGH INNER LAYER TO RIBS. NAIL HEADS COVERED WITH JOINT CEMENT. SGP 0028670 R 2717 SYSTEMS ENGINEER BESTWALL FIRESTOP GYPSUM WALLBOARD THREE HOUR NON-LOAD BEARING STUDLESS WALL REPRODUCTION FROM UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC. GUIDE NCL 40 U18.23. Guide No. 40 U18.23 Wallboard. August 26, 1957 Bestwall Gypsum Co., Ardmore, Pa. For Walt and Partition Design No. 7-2 hr and 5-3 hr File R2717 GUIDE NO. 40 U18 GENERAL INFORMATION (CONT'D) WALLS AND PARTITIONS CLASS C-3 DESIGNS DESIGN NO. 5-3 HR (NON-BEARING WALL) TWO WOOD RUNNERS*--1 X 15/s IN. YELLOW PINE, SPACED 54 IN. APART USED ON SILL LINTEL AND SIDES, FASTENED TO CONCRETE OR MASONRY WITH 54 IN. BOLTS 3 IN. LONG AND EXPANSION SHIELDS OR 314 IN. MASONRY NAILS SPACED 16 TO 20 IN. O.C. nnLLDuniuj moo--z. la ilho or /2 m. iriiun iTnLLUuniu; ululu iuuliiii.iv hiiii n unuLm m i_ GLUE TO FORM EITHER 654 IN. OR 354 IN. WIDE RIBS 4 IN. LESS IN LENGTH THAN PARTITION HEIGHT. THE 654 IN. RIBS (2) FORM THE JOINT BEARING AREA AND THE 354 IN. RIB IS USED IN THE CENTER OF EACH WALLBOARD SHEET. ADHESIVE-CASEIN TYPE, MIX 4 LB. OF DRY POWDER TO 1.4 GAL. OF WATER. WALLBOARD-5/8 IN. THICK LISTED BY U.L. INC. GUIDE NO. 40 U18.23 ATTACHED TO RIBS WITH GLUE, NAILS AND SCREWS, AND TO WOOD RUNNERS WITH NAILS. THE OUTER LAYER ATTACHED TO INNER LAYER WITH GLUE, NAILS AND SCREWS. SCREWS-NO. 16 PHILIPS HEAD WOOD SCREWS 154 IN. LONG SPACED 20 IN. ON CENTERS AT EACH JOINT OF INNER BOARD. NO. 16 PHILIPS HEAD WOOD SCREWS 2 IN. LONG SPACED 20 IN. ON CENTERS AT EACH JOINT OF OUTER BOARD. JOINTS COVERED WITH TAPE AND JOINT CEMENT. NAILS--6d, 2 IN. LONG FINISHING NAILS SPACED 8 IN. ON CENTERS AND AT 45 DEG. ANGLE ATTACHING INNER LAYER TO RIBS. 8d, 254 IN. LONG FINISHING NAILS SPACED 8 IN. ON CENTERS AND AT 45 DEG. ANGLE ATTACHING OUTER LAYER THROUGH INNER LAYER TO RIBS. NAIL HEADS COVERED WITH JOINT CEMENT. *NOTF` For inpnmhnctihlo rnnstrnrtinn and ratine uco 9d cranoo choot metal hat cortion SGP 0028672 R 2717 6f| 5 ill I5^"439-I5l" 6^ r2^r a: m h; |\ w\\\vs --* 33-151-- 6? I'1 6* K-1v^* -4 lo-if - HE i ipattt 1 i44t HE 6? 6? iHb IsHfr efswcE t. r__L KEEP BOARD jf CL. FROM SIDE 8 TOP CONSTRUCTION SCALE & =, r-O" -* r4 T' rifT^ 8" -jFI ^vTt t UT+, i r 8" FoIr FACE BOARD START jW.2-TLG 4- J + U FOR 1ST. LAYER OF BOARD START 6d-!2"LONG NAILS FINi. NA LS 8" FROM TOP 4" FROM TOP L if. 'Z NO 16 2"LG- PHILIP ... FLATi HEAD WOOD SJCIRREW1 S - 8d. 2* LG. FINISHINNe NAILS @B" 9-C. NAIL HORlijONTlALLY AT 45 INTO RIBS.' -FILL feOTTOM Z| WllfH PLASTER GROU LJ ELEVATION OF PANEL SCALE >;2 = r-o SECTION I o '* :r z*~ rritf 8 I 4-SPACE 4"Jl" --ett 2i if I3 4' H- II wti DETAIL A Form No, BW 62280 8d Z'S LG. NAILS WITH * HEADS 8" 0. C. AT PERIMETER OF PANEL. 5" l" 5d - if LG. NAILS WITH % HEADS 8" 0. C. AT PERIMETER OF PANEL. SGP 0028673 BESTWALL GYPSUM CO. SYSTEMS ENGINEERING, ARDMORE, PA. BESTWALL HUMMER SYSTEM V MODIFIED WITH TWO LAYER APPLICATION ON EACH SIDE NON LOAD BEARING PARTITION 5-16-57 3-22-57 FIG.3 R 2717- 22 PRINTED IN U.S.A 6EJTWAU HUMMER SYSTEMS SGP 0028674 I 2" SOLID This laminated non-load bearing Gypsum partition system consists of 1" homo geneous core board with face plies of V2" Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard. FIRE RESISTANCE--One hour with Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard, Two hours with Bestwall Firestop. SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS--36 Decibels (Tested 1958). STRENGTH--Standard "Bump" tests show partition equal to i/2" gypsum board over 2" x 4" wood studs 16" o.c. LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION -- Smooth monolithic walls created by unitized lamination of multi-plies of Gypsum Wallboard. EXTRA USABLE FLOOR SPACE--26 sq. ft. more than 2" x 4" stud wall construction for every 100 lin. ft. of partition. SGP 0028675 t SGP 0028677 SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SGP 0028678 Bestwall research and engineering combine Bestwall Glass Fiber Reinforced Gypsum Wallboard with the most comprehensive and advanced techniques in gypsum drywall construction. These include single ply, laminated plies, metal studs, screw application and movable partitions with and without metal fram ing. Each system tailors space to your requirements with substantial savings on material and labor. A staff of Bestwall Systems Engineers is available from coast-to-coast to assist you in quantity survey, detailing and installation of drywall systems to help you meet your requirements. For detailed data, check your Sweet's File or write directly to the Bestwall Gypsum Company. BESTWALL HUMMER SYSTEMS 2" SOLID LAMINATION FEATURES: 1. Fire Resistance:...................One hour with Bestwall Gyp sum Wallboard. Two hours with Bestwall Firestop. 2. Sound Transmission Loss: .36 Decibels (Tested 1958). 3. Strength: ...............................Standard "Bump" tests show partition equal to V2" gypsum board over 2" x 4" wood studs 16" o.c. 4. Laminated Construction: . Smooth monolithic walls created by unitized lamination of multi-plies of Gypsum Wallboard. 5. Extra Usable Floor Space:. .26 sq. ft. more than 2" x 4" stud wall construction for every 100 linear ft. of partition. SPECIFICATIONS: All gypsum wallboard and joint system materials used, includ ing laminating compound, shall be manufactured by the Bestwall Gypsum Company and shall be installed by a Bestwall Hummer licensed contractor in a first-class work manship manner. Floor and Ceiling Runners: Use 1" x 1%" wood runners or special shape sheet metal runners accurately aligned and securely attached with suitable fasteners to floor and ceiling constructions 2' on center. Coreboard: 1" thick 24" wide tongue and groove edge Bestwall coreboard (or 2 layers V2" thick 48" wide square edge backer ship lapped) cut accurately to fit in floor and ceiling runners and installed vertically. Where partitions inter sect, coreboard panels shall be nailed together with heavy nails 2' on centers. Face Board: Use >/2" thick tapered edge Bestwall Gypsum Wallboard, 4' wide, floor to ceiling length (12' max.) applied vertically with joints off those in coreboard (minimum 6"). Laminating Compound: V:-- rev a s 3 Apply laminating compound to back of face board with serrated knife or to face of coreboard with a mechanical glue spreader. Face Fasteners: Use iy2" long Bestwall screws 2 foot on centers, both edges at vertical joints. Drive 11/2" finishing nails down at 45' angle in center of face board 2' on centers and at other points needed to hold face and board in place until glue sets; after glue dries, counter sink nails. Openings: Door and borrowed light openings shall be left accurately located in coreboard and face board for 3 (or 4) part frames to be set in after completion of wall. Single piece door frames shall be accurately set (by others) before coreboard which must then be started from frame. Joint Treatment and Decorating: See ? . : S ' ' 3 . -3 r BW62395 ',pCPR00iwmf YPsi,kJ` &E5TWA1L BU"-DING pOOUc1S BESTWALL GYPSUM COMPANY ARDMORE, PENNSYLVANIA SGP 0028679 SGP 0028680 SGP 0028681 The Lowest Cost 2-Hour Fire Resistive Floor And Ceiling In Single Layer Application Now from the Bestwall Gypsum Company and avail able only through the Bestwall Certain-teed Sales Corporation comes New Improved Bestwall Firestop. What's new about it? Plenty1 There's substantially greater glass fiber reinforcement . . . more than ever before. This means increased fire ratings providing increased protection . . . possibly reduced fire insur ance premiums . . . additional strength minimizing breakage in handling and installation . . . better nailing qualities ... oil available to the customer at no increase in price. The Original Vt" fire rated gypsum wollboard (Type "X") had a one-hour fire resistance in single layer application over wood or steel framing in walls and ceilings. Now through greater glass fiber reinforce ment, its fire resistance has been increased to permit two hours when used in a single layer application in incombustible floor and ceiling assemblies. In an Official Fire Test at Underwriters' Laboratories a single layer of 5/a thick New Improved Bestwall Firestop was used as the ceiling beneath a concrete floor on steel bar joists (see reverse side for details) with sheet metal furring channels 24" on center, NOT 12 , and drywall screws 12" on center, NOT 8". The result: The lowest cost two-hour fire resistive incombustible floor and ceiling assembly available today! This construction with New Improved Bestwall Firestop passed the hose stream and double over loading tests, as well as the fire resistance test, which actually ran two hours and twenty minutes, with no joint finishing treatment. All Bestwall Firestop, including the s/e and1/?' thick nesses and Firestop Backer, is being manufactured with this improved glass fiber reinforcement all Bestwall Firestop users will benefit from this improve ment at no increase in price Improved Bestwall Fire stop is available only from the Bestwall Certain-teed Sales Corporation For additional information, including news about future tests to be conducted on New Improved Bestwall Firestop, contact the nearest sales office, located in principal cities throughout the United States. A staff of Bestwall Systems Engineers is available from coast-tocoast to assist in quantity survey, detailing and instal lation of Firestop floor, ceiling and wall systems. |W-43130 3/63 SGP 0028682 ..0 .1 BESTWALL GYPSUM COMPANY ARDMORE, PENNSYLVANIA Plants and Offices throughout the United States SGP 0028683 cap 0028685 SGP 0028686 BiSTtfA LL GYPSUM COMPANY GYPSUM FTALLBOAKD MANUAL Section 7 1965 EDITION Sub-Section D STEEL COLUMN F1HEP HOC FTNG The system for applying 5/8" Bestwall Firestop around a steel column will be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories under "Column Protection"a Designs 1 - (1-Hour) not tested - estimated - 1 layer 5/8" Firestop 2 - (2-Hour) U. L, Tested Design n0. 8-2 layers 5/8" Firestop 3 - ($*Hour) tj. l. Tested ^esign TTo. 18-3 layers 5/8" Firestop h - (U-Hour) Hot tested - Estimated - U layers 5/8" Firestop Application 1 - One layer or the base layer is screwed to tiro 1-5/8" x 1-3/8" metal screw stud. 1" lg -~S diywall screw 2)4" 0. C. 2 - First or base layer may be completed on the floor. Stood up. 3 - Ooposite sides are then screwed to the 1-5/8" x 1-3/8" metal screw stud. 1" lg i"6 Diywall Screws, 2Ft" O.C. U - 2nd, 3rd or Uth layers of 5/8" Firestop are screwed to the metal studs with the various length diywall screws. 5 - Comer bead is nailed to the four outside corners only. 6d nails - 12" o.c. Advantages 1 - Simplicity of erection 2 - The sides are independent of the column and night be held out further if necessary so that piping may be placed in the web sections or on the face of the column. 3 - No wire ties. U - Corner beads on the outside corners only. 5 - Less screws on single or tirst layer of gypsum wallboard (2UI: O.C.) SGP 0028687 ri$. HXYMli. SCREWS /e" o. c , r /- * If **T*t CO*A/C* 3*0 gS'/*EJTOP 3JTH/*EL GYf>JUAJ 30/f/PZ> /ox /o' // coe iS) </9LBs/rr SA*`-lA f^ H/f^H, .t MET#i CO**/* 3*D JC/fEiVEO TO /yrsr/fi jroo >V/r/-/ /"if 'Z>*Y/V/?i/- JC/9EHU 2*/" O. C. S/9C/Y E-U0SS6C. jCT/av Thru 4<T/7?ep/?oof/a/6 oi uma/ BW-MU-IHR SGP 0028688 E5T/M4TEP - IHZ. BESTWALL GYPSUM COMPANY PAOLI PA. g //?J TO/9 BJTW0ll GYBJU*7 BO&&D. J/Af$LE L/7YEX S/Y2PFOOS///f EA/0?J/Yt//T OM JTL COU/MA/ DATE- SCALE: <&"- 1 ZJ" DRW. BY CH'KOBV DWq NO. TP T-120 sheet NO lor, SErCTlON THRU F~-|RE~PROOF-' N<o SC^Er 3>" - 12." UL VES/6N A(0 3 -Z/SZS. COL. BESTWALL GYPSUM COMPANY PAOUI PA. s* q F/PESTOP BESTWALL GYPSUM BOARD FIREPROOFING ENCASE MENT ON STEEL COLUMN BAT*: 2-3-64 9calc; as Motcp 0RU.y cM'tfoBv Ows.no- H.IU. T-U8 sneer mo 10Fl SGP 0028689 BW - 6H )S~ 3 HU SGP 0028690 JECT/OA/ 7h&U /yf?EPS?O0r/A/6 4fOLUMA/ BESTWALL GYPSUM COM FAN Y PAOll PA. S' $ E/ZZESTOE3 BESTtYZZLL ^YESUM BOEED E//?EP*OQS7S/6 ErtCffJEMEASr CW STEEL COH/ZYZAZ DATE-' 4.14-44 SCALE: (S'* 12." DRN. BY CH'K D By DWQ NO. TP T-ll? sheet no 1 OF 1 SC5P 0098601 SGP 0028692 i &EJTWALLCONSULT YOUR SYSTEMS ENGINEER BESTWALL METAL CORNERS AND METAL CASINGS PACKAGING INFORMATION: All casing items made of Hot Galvanized .01 8" steel, except 104, 105 and 1 05-S which are .020" steel and Water Stop Sections available in .018 galvanized or .022" zinc. D-100, DL-100, DlL-100 available as electrogalvanized .0157" steel. On special orders to meet Government specifications .0172" steel available. Some items available in tubes with smaller quantity. Consult price list. BESTWALL GYPSUM COMPANY 120 E. LANCASTER AVENUE ARDMORE. PENNSYLVANIA SGP 0028693